Cadillac 1993 Fleetwood Owners Manual Owner's

2015-10-23

: Cadillac Cadillac-1993-Cadillac-Fleetwood-Owners-Manual-813352 cadillac-1993-cadillac-fleetwood-owners-manual-813352 cadillac pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 386

DownloadCadillac Cadillac-1993-Cadillac-Fleetwood-Owners-Manual- Owner's Manual  Cadillac-1993-cadillac-fleetwood-owners-manual
Open PDF In BrowserView PDF
,

F

FLEETWOOD

OWNER'S LITERATURE

PENALTY O F
LEADERSHIP
IN

every field of human endeavor, he that is first must perpetually live
in the white light of publicity. ?Whether the leadership be vested
in a man or in a manufactured product, emulation and envy areever at
work. TIn art, in literature, in music, in industry, the reward and the
punishment are always the same. TThe reward is widespread recognition; the punishment, fierce denial and detraction. TWhen a man’s
work becomes a standard for the whole world, it also becomes atarget
for the shafts of the envious few. ?If his work be merely mediocre, he
will be left severely alone -if he achieve a masterpiece, it will set a million
tongues a-wagging. vealousy does not protrude its forked tongue at
the artist who produces a commonplace painting. VWhatsoeveryou
write, or paint, or play, or sing, or build, no one will strive tosurpass, or
to slander you, unless your work be stamped with the seal of genius.
TLong, longafter a great work or a good workhas beendone, those who
are disappointed or envious continue to cry out thatit can not be done.
?Spiteful little voices in the domain of art were raised against our own
Whistler as a mountebank, long after the big world had acclaimed him
its greatest artistic genius. ?Multitudes flocked to Bayreuthto worship
at the musical shrine of Wagner, whiIethe little group of those whom he
had dethroned and displaced argued angrily that he was no musicianat
all. TThe little world continued to protest that h l t o n could never
build a steamboat, while the big world flocked to the river banks to see
his boat steam by. YThe leader is assailed because he is a leader, and
the effort to equalhim ismerely added proof ofthat leadership. qFailing
to equalor to excel, the follower seeks to depreciate andto destroy -but
only confirms once more the superiority of that which he strives to
as old as the world
supplant. TThere is nothing newinthis.TItis
and as old as the humanpassions -envy, fear, greed, ambition, and the
desireto surpass. TAnd it all avails nothing. TIf theleadertruly
leads, he remains - the leader. TMasteppoet, masteppainter, master
workman, each in his turn is assailed,.and each holds his laurels through
the ages. TThat which is good or great makes itself known, no matter
how loud the clamor of denial. TThat which deserves to live-lives.

(Cad&=

&tor

Car

Co.Detroit, Mich.)
n

THIS TEXT APPEARED AS AN ADVERTISEMENTIN THE SATURDAY EVENING POST JANUARY ZND. IN THE YEAR 191s1COPYRIGHT.CADILLAC MOTOR CAR DIVISION

c,. -

,

-;.

Henry M. Leland, known as the
7

tigious

master of precision, initiated his precision manufacturing techniques at

to Cadillac twice
. ..

the founding of Cadillac

-

Club of England awarded the pres-

first in 1908 for achieving

in 1902. His exacting

perfect interchangeability

standards prompted the

of parts and again in 1912

motto by which Cadillac

for introducing the elec-

has been guided over the

tric self starter, electric

years - “Craftsmanship

lighting and ignition

A Creed -Accuracy A
Law:’

system.
1

Cadillac is the only

The introduction of

American manufacturer

the first four cylinder en-

to win this honor and the

gine in 1905 led

the industry and

only manufacturer in the world to win

enabled Cadillacs to travel at speeds

it twice. As commonplace as stan-

up to 50 mph.

dardized parts are today, in 1908parts

For attention to quality and innovation,the

Royal Automobile

were still individuallyhandfitted
both in production and service.

Standardization opened the eyes of
the industrial world and was the corner-stone of modern
production. From this achievement
evolved the reference to Cadillac as
“Standard of the World.”
In 1909 Cadillac was purchased

by the then new General Motors
Corporation. Convenience, cleanliness and all-weather comfort were
greatly enhanced in 1910 when Cadillac became the first manufacturer

service policy, security plate glass,

to offer closed bodies as standard

chrome plating and the first car to

equipment.

be designed by a stylist (1927 La-

“The Penalty of Leadership”
first appeared in the January 2, 1915

’30s wit-

Salle/Harley Earl). The

issue of The Saturday Evening Post

nessed production of the smoothand
quiet V12 and -V 16 engines.
-

as an expression of the Cadillac com-

The crisp, contemporary lines of the

mitment to leadership, quality, and

1938 60 Special series ushered in a

innovation. It is widely regarded as

new era in styling.

one of the finest documents ever

_i

45 O V-16 Engine

w-1

~

During World War 11, shortly

written and was published following

after Pearl Harbor, Cadillac discon-

the introduction of the first produc-

tinued car production for the first

tion V8 engine. The V8 was stan-

time since 1902 in order to construct

dard in all 1915 model Cadillacs.

light tanks, combat vehicles and

Many Cadillac “firsts” have followed over the years, including the

internal parts for Allison V1710 en-

synchro-mech clashless transmis-

gines. Two Cadillac V8 engines and
Hydra-Matic transmissions were

sion, a nation-wide comprehensive

used in each tank.

i

c

For the 1948 model, Cadillac
introducedthe

stainless steel roof and low profile

I
tires.

which set the trend in automotive
styling €or nearly two decades. This

introduced in

was followed by the 1949 model with

1953, was redesigned for 1967 as the

the two door hardtop CoupeDeVille

first front wheel drive personal lux-

and the modern overhead valve,

ury car. The 472 cu. in.

high compression V8 engine.

used in all Cadillacs in 1968 and

veniences and styling dominated the

1969 was enlarged to 500 cu. in. €or
all 1970 Eldorados.

'50s and '60s. Cruise control, auto-

An Air Cushion Restraint Sys-

tilt and

tem (airbag) was available for 1974,

Engineering innovations, con-

matic climate control,

telescoping steering wheels, twilight
sentinel and four door hard tops all

c-

V8 engine

1975 and 1976 Cadillacs.
Analog Electronic Fuel Injec-

debuted in these years. In 1957 the
Eldorado Brougham featured ad-

tion was available, on 1975 Cadillacs
and was standard on the new inter-

vances such as air suspension, mem-

national size1976 Seville. In 1978,

ory seat, automatic electric door

the Trip Computer option incor-

locks, transistor radio, a brushed

porated an on-board microprocessor.

V
A 1993 Cadillac AllantC in stock
technical configuration, was selected
as the pace car for the 76th Indianapolis 500. The demanding pace car
performance and handling require-

of such
advanced systems as the 32 valve,
dual overhead camshaft, Northstar
4.6 liter V8 engine, 4t80 E electronically controlled automatic transaxle,
road sensing suspension, speed sensitive steering, antilock brakes and
traction control.
ments were met because

This rich tradition continues
into the ‘90s as Cadillac became the
first automobile manufacturer to be
awarded the prestigious Malcolm
Baldrige National Quality Award.
The 1992 Seville STS is the first
car ever to win all three major automotive awards: Car of the

For more t h a n nine decades

Year,

Cadillac has been a leader in quality

Motor Trend; Ten Best List, Car &a

and technical innovation. Now more
than ever, substance takes shape

Driver; Car of the Year, Automobile
Magazine.

1

c_q

7,
U

INDIANAPOLIS '500' PACEMAKERS

I

I

INDIANAPOLIS '500'
PACEMAI(ERS

S

m

This Cadillac Mpnual is dividedinto majorsections.

....................

Introduction - How to use this M,anual.

This section tells you how to use your Manual and
includes
Safety and Vehicle Damage Warnings and Symbols

I
~

Section 1 - Seats and Safety Belts

.........................

This section tells you how to use your seats and safety
belts properly.
.--

Section 2 - Features and Controls

...................A.... 63

This section explains how to start and operate yourCadillac.

3

:q

c

Section 3 - Comfort Controls and Audio Systems

This section tells you how to adjustthe ventilation and
comfort controls andhow to operateyour SoundSystem.

r.

section 4 - Your Driving and the Road
,.

.

r

...................

157

Here you’ll.find helpful information and tips aboutthe: ..
road andhow to drive under differentconditions.

Section 5 - Problems on the Road
r
!

.......... 1 3 8 . 4

.......................

This section tells you what to doif you have a problem
while driving,such as a flat tire,or engine overheating.

Section16- Service and Appearance Care
Here
the
manual
tells you how to
keep
running properly andlooking good.

216

4
,
I

.................
your Cadillac

For moreinformation on CCReporting Safety Defects”,
.see Owner
Assistance, Page 6.

!

T

THE 1993 FLEETWOOD LITERATURE

Please keep this literature in your Cadillac,so it will be thereif you ever
need it when you’re onthe road. If you sell the vehicle, please leave this
book in it so the new owner can use it.

FOR CmmW O W E R S W O PREFER A FRENCH
LANGUAGE W U L :
Aux propri5taires canadiens: Vous pouvez vousprocurer un exemplaire
de ce guide en franqais chez votre concessionaire ou au DGN Marketing
_.
Services Ltd., 1500 Bonhill Rd., Mississauga,Ontario L5T 1C7.
This literatureincludes the latest information at thetime it was printed.
We reserve the right to make changes in the product after thattime
without further notice. For vehicles first soldin Canada, substitutethe
name “General Motors
of Canada Limited’’ for Cadillac Motor Car
Division whenever it appears in this literature.
GENERAL MOTORS, GM and the GM Emblem, CADILLAC, and the
CADILLAC Emblemare registered trademarks of General Motors
Corporation.

-

0 Copyright GeneralMotors Corporation 1992. All Rights Reserved.

c
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
Many people read theirowner’s manual frombeginning to end when they
first receive their new vehicle. This will help you learn about the features
and controls for your vehicle. In this manual, you’ll find that pictures and
words work together to explain things quickly.
INDEX A good place to look for what you need is the Index in back of
the manual. It’s an alphabetical list of all that’s in the manual, and the
page number whereyou’ll find it.

SAFETY W M I N G S AND SYMBOLS
You will find a number of safety cautions in this book. We use yellow and
the word CAUTION to tell you about things that could hurt you if you
were to ignore the warning.

A CAUTION
These mean there is something that could hurt you or other
people.

1

In the yellow caution area, we tell you what the hazard is. Then we tell
you what to do tohelp avoid or reduce the hazard. Please read these
cautions. If you don’t, you or otherscould be hurt.

You will also find a redcircle with a slash through it in this book. This
safety symbol means “Don’t,’’ “Don’t do this,” or “Don’t let this happen.”

1

I

\

;

U

Khicle Damage Warnings

I

I

Also, in this book you will findthese blue notices:

r

NOTICE:

r

U I

These mean th

In the blue notice area, we tell you about something that can damage
your vehicle. Many times,this damage would not becovered by your
warranty, and it could be costly. But the notice will tellyou what to do to
help avoid the damage.
When you read other manuals, you might see CAUTION and NOTICE
warnings in different colors or in different words. In this manual, we've
used the familiar words and colors that Cadillac has used for years.
You'll also see warning labels on your vehicle. They use the same colors,
and the words CAUTION or NOTICE.

il I

i

d

2

i

Ehicle Symbols
These are some
of the symbols you will find on your vehicle. For example,
these symbols are used on anoriginal battery:

m

A

c-

PROTECTEYES
BY SHIELDING

CAUTION
POSSIBLE INJURY

I

AVOID SPARKS
OR FLAMES

EATERY ACID

COULD

I llC3C 3yllluul3 i l l G llllyul lillll lU1

vehicle is driven:
1

DOOR LOCK'UNLOCK

II
I

FASTEN
SEAT
BELTS

POWER

I

WINDOW

I

3

These symbols haveto do with your lights:

a-

-

i

' I

MASTER LIGHTING
SWITCH

A
r
HAZARD WARNING
FLASHER

TURN SIGNALS

Iu
PARKING LIGHTS

$0
I

n

FOG LAMPS

These symbols are on some of your controls:

w

(j
0 W # W

I

I

WINDSHIELD
WIPER &WASHER

REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER

I

Ir

WINDSHIELD
WASHER

WINDSHIELD
DEFROSTER

VENTILATING FAN

HEADLAMP
WASHER/WIPER

4

n

These symbols are used on warning and indicator
lights:

I-

I

I

I

ENGINE COOLANT
TEMPERATURE

FUEL

I

CHARGING

J

I

ENGINE OIL
PRESSURE

BRAKE

ENGINE OIL
TEMPERATURE

I

RADIATOR
COOLANT

I
ANTILOCK

BRAKE

Here are some other
symbols you maysee:
I

1

FUSE

r
t
I n 1
RADIO

- I

TRUNK'HATCHBACK
RELEASE

I

RADIO VOLUME
SELECTOR

LIGHTER

AIR
CONDITIONING

SPEAKER

5

I

I

I

I

1SECTION 1

d

I

I

SEATS AND SAFETY BELTS
Here you’ll find information about the seats
in your Cadillac your
Supplemental Inflatable Restraint (“air bag”)
system and how to use your
safety belts properly. You can also learn about somethings you should
not do with safetybelts.

SEATS AND SEAT CONTROLS

n

This section tells you about the seats-- how to adjust them, and also
about reclining front seatbacks, and head restraints.

r.

6

Power Seat

c-

--

The control is located on both front door armrests.
The frontTILT switch makes the front portionof the seat cushion
move up and down.
The rear TILT switch makes the rear portion of the seat cushion move
up and down.
Moving the center controlswitch sideways makes the whole seat
cushion move up ordown.
Moving the center controlswitch back or forward makes the whole
seat move rearward or forward.

7

Memory Seat
If your Fleetwood has this option, the control looks like this:

n

d

Here’s how to make it work:
0 You don’t need to start
your vehicle yet, just make sure it is in “P”
(Park).
Adjust the driver’s seat theway you want it.
Push the Set button.
Move the memory switch to LC 1 ,your seating position is programmed.
9,

Now it’s set. Whenyour Fleetwood is in “P” (Park), and you move the
memory switch to “l”,the seatwill go to where you have just setit. Do
the same thing for second
a
driver following the steps above, but move
66
the memory switch to 2 .
7,

The “EXIT” button allows youto get out of your vehicle more easily. The
“EXIT” button is programmed the same as the memory selections. For
easy entrance andexit, it isrecommended thatyou position it fullyback
and fully down.
If you hit the wrong memory switch or “EXIT”button, you can stop it by
just pushing any of the Power Seat Adjusterswitches.

8

cl

5

P
Reclining FrontSeatback(s)
To adjust the seatback,
qress the switch
orward or rearwardto
dperate therecliner.
But don't have a
seatback reclined if
your vehicle is moving.

n A CAUTION:
I

Sitting in a reclined PO
whenyour vehicle is in motion can
be dangerous. Even if you buckle up, your safety
belts can't do
their job when you're reclined like this.

ra

CAUTION:
(Continued)

9
r

I

I

Ct

TION: (I

~

~

F

ntinued)

The shoulderbelt can’t do its jobbecause it won’t be against
your body. Instead, itwill be in frontof you. In a crash you could
go into it,receiving neck or otherinjuries.

d

The lap belt can’t do its jobeither. In a crash thebelt could go
up over your abdomen. The belt forces would be there, notat
your pelvic bones. This could cause serious internal injuries.
For proper protection when the vehicle is inmotion, have the
seatback upright. Thensit well back in the driver’s seat while
the car is
moving. The seatbackcould jerk andcause a loss of
control.

Head Restraints
I

1

I

L

I

Slide the head
restraint upor down
so that the topof the
restraint is closest to
the topof your ears.
This position reduces
the chance of a neck
injury in a crash.
If you have the
Fleetwood Brougham
you have additional
adjustment to your
head restraint. To
make these
adjustments, hold
both sides of

the restraint and pull it forward until you reach the forward mostposition.
From thisposition, firmly pull it forward. From thisposition, firmly pullit
forward again until it releases. Slowly move the restraint forward (you will
hear a clicking sound) until you reach a comfortable position. Now, holding
both sides of the restraint, gently rotate it in a forward or reardirection.

a.

i

10

_

1

“

4

LumbarlHeater Seat Controls (Fleetwood Brougham)
With this feature, you can change the shapeof the driver’s or passenger’s
seatback. Adjust the power seat controlfirst to get the properposition.
For the best adjustment, it is recommended that you first start with the
“MIDDLE” lumbar.
0 MIDDLE (Back
Support): Adjust
support for the
middle back.
0

0

-.

UPPER (Back
Support): Adjust
support for the
upper back.
LOWER (Back
Support): Adjust
support for the
lower back.

Push the switch to either “HI” or “LO” to turn
on the heating element in
the seat.

Designed primarily for use on damp and chilly days, the “LO”setting
warms the seatback andcushion until the seatapproximates body
temperature. On colderdays, the “HI” setting heats the seatsto an even
_ _ higher temperature. To prevent uncomfortable overheating of the seats,
the heating elements arethermostatically regulated to automatically
maintain the temperature at the
setting selected. A telltale
light on the
control switch reminds you that the heatingsystem is in use. To preserve
-the battery,the heated seatscan only be used when the ignition is turned
on, andis deactivated when the ignition is turned off.

-

.-

11

SAFLlTYBELTS: THEY’RE FOR EVERYONE

1’1

This part of the manual tells you howto use safety belts properly. It also
tells you some things you should not do with safety belts.

-

!

And it explains the SupplementalInflatable Restraint, or “airbag”
system.

A CAUTION:
Don’t let anyone ride where they can’t wear a safety belt
properly. If you are in a crash andyou’re not wearing a safety
belt, your injuries canbe much worse. You can hit things inside
the vehicle or be ejected from it. You can be seriously injured or
killed. In the same crash,
you might not be if you are buckled
up. Always fasten your safety belt, and check that your
passengers’ belts are fastened properlytoo.

I

n

L

This figure lights up when you turn thekey to “Run” or “Start”
when
your safety belt isn’t buckled, and you’ll hear a chime, too. It’s the
reminder to buckle up.
In many states and Canadianprovinces, the law saysto wear safety belts.
Here’s why: They work.

-*

r

You never know if you’ll be in a crash. If you do have a crash, you don’t
know if it will be a bad one.

4 ’
c _

\

12

:

-

A few crashes are very mild. In them, you won't get hurt even if you're
not buckled up. And some crashes
can be so serious, like being hit by a
train, that even buckled up a person wouldn't survive. But most crashes
are in between. In many of them, peoplewho buckle up can survive and
- sometimes walk away. Without belts they could be badly hurt or killed.

--

After 25 years of safety belts in vehicles, the facts are clear. In most
crashes 1mckling up does matter... a lot!

13

my Safety Belts Work

n
i

block, it stops. But the
child keeps going!

14

-I

Take the simplest
“vehicle.” Suppose it’s
just a seat on wheels.

- Put someoneon it.

15

c

Get it up to speed.
Then stop the “car.”
The riderdoesn’t stop.

The person keeps
going until stopped
by something.

In a real vehicle, it
could be the
windshield ...

or the instrument
panel ...

or thesafety belts!

-

With safety belts, you slow downas the vehicle does. You get more time
to stop.You stop over more distance, andyour strongest bones take the
forces. That's why safety belts makesuch good sense.

HERE ARE QUESTIONS MANY PEOPLE
ASKABOUT SAFETYBELTS --AND THE
ANSWERS

-

. ’1

’

jl
L

n

Q : Won’t I be trapped in the vehicle afer an accident if I’m wearing a safety
belt?

A:

You could be -- whether you’re wearing a safety belt or not. Butyou
can easily unbuckle a safety belt, even if you’re upside down. And
your chance of being conscious during and after anaccident, so you
can unbuckle and get out, is much greater if you are belted.

rl

i

v

- 1
n

.

.

U

Q:

why don’t theyjust putin air bags so people won’t have to wear safety
belts?

A:

‘Rir bags,” or Supplemental Inflatable Restraintsystems, are in some
vehicles today andwill bein more of them in the future. Butthey are
supplemental systems only-- so they work with safetybelts, not
instead of them. Every “air bag” system ever offered for sale has
required the use of safety belts. Even if you’re in a vehicle that has “
air bags,” youstill have to buckle up to get the most protection.
That’s true not only in frontal collisions, but especially inside and
other collisions.

2 :

- 1

Q: IfI’m a good driver, and I never drive far from home, why should I wear
safety belts?

A:

You may be an excellent driver, but if you’re in an accident -- even
one thatisn’t your fault -- you and your passengers can be hurt.
Being a good driver doesn’t protect you from things beyondyour
control, such asbad drivers.
Most accidents occur within 25 miles (40 km) of home. And the
greatest numberof serious injuries and deathsoccur at speeds of less
than 40 mph (65 kmih).
Safety belts are for everyone.

T
Iy

- 1

?

18

-4

Safety BeltReminder Light

RETEN&
BELTS. )f7’

When the key is turned to “Run” or “Start,”
a light will come on for
about eight seconds to remind people to fasten theirsafety belts. Unless
the driver’s safety belt is buckled, a chime will also sound.

HOW TO W E M SAFETYBELTS PROPERL,Y
Adults
This section is only for peopleof adult size.
-.

-

A CAUTION:

-

There are special things to know about safety belts and
children. And there are different rules for babies and smaller
children. If a child willbe riding inyour Cadillac, see the
section after this one, called “Children.” Follow those rules for
evervone’c protection.

I

First, you’ll want to know which restraint systems your vehicle has.

-

We’ll start with the driver position.

19

DRIVER POSITION
This section describes thedriver’s restraint system.

L

Lap-Shoulder Belt

n

The driver has a lap-shoulder belt. Here’s
how to wear it properly.
1. Close and lock the door.
2. Adjust the seat (to see how, see “Seats” in the Index) so you can sit up
straight.

20

,

.

1

-

I

I/

u

I

r

3. Pick up thelatch
plate and pull the
belt across you.
Don’t let it get
twisted.

4. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks.
If the belt isn’t long enough, see “Safety Belt Extender” at the end
of
this section.
Make sure the release button on the buckle faces upward or outward
so you wouldbe able to unbuckle it quickly if you ever had to.

n

The lap partof the belt should be worn low and snug on thehips, just
touching the thighs. In a crash, this applies force to the strongpelvic
bones. And you'd be less likelyto slide under thelap belt.If you slid
under it, the belt would applyforce at your abdomen. This could cause
serious or even fatal injuries. The shoulder belt should go over the
shoulder andacross the chest. These partsof the body are best ableto
take belt restraining forces.
The safety belt locks if there's a sudden stopor crash, or if you pull the
belt very quicklyout of the retractor.

L

22

A

Q:

What’s wrong with this?

A:

The shoulderbelt is too loose. It won’t give nearly as much
protection this way.

A CAUTION:
You can be seriously hurt if yourshoulder belt is too loose. In a
crash you would move forwardtoo much, whichcould increase
injury. Theshoulder belt should fit against your body.

Q: What's wrong with this?

n

,

8:

u

Tf--1.

n

I

-

% r

A:

The belt is buckled in the wrong place.

F

- 1

A CAUTION:

I
r

You can be seriously injured if your belt is buckled in thewrong
place like this. In a crash, thebelt would go up over your
abdomen. The belt forces would be there, not at the pelvic
bones. This could cause serious internal injuries. Always buckle
your belt into the
buckle nearest you.

ts

I
I

U

i

d

24

,

Q: What's wrong with this?

A:

I

- -

The shoulder belt is worn under the arm. It should be worm over the
shoulder at all times.

A CAUTION:

h
-

!

:

j

iE!
If 1
B
f

1.

You can be seriously injured if you wear t' shoulder belt und
your arm. Ina crash, your body would move toofar forward,
which wouldincrease the chance
of head andneck injury. Also,
the belt would apply too much force to the ribs, which aren't as
strong as shoulder
bones. You could also severely injure
internalorgans likeyour liver or spleen.

I

I

-.
h

d

Q: What's wrong with this?
n

Q

I
.

n
L P

ha

r

~~

-

~

I

f

U

A:

The belt is twisted across the body.
...

I

-

You can be seriously injured by a-twistedbelt.%i a crash, you
wouldn't have the full width of the
belt to spread impact forces.
If a belt is twisted, make it straight so it can work properly, or
ask your dealer to fix it.

U

26

I

c

To unlatch the belt,
just push the button
on thebuckle. The
belt should go back
out of the way.

Before you close the door, be sure the belt
is out of the way. If you slam
the dooron it, you can damage boththe belt andyour vehicle.

SUPPLEMENTAL INFMTABLE
R E S T M N T SYSTEM (AIR BAGS)
This section explains the Supplemental Inflatable Restraint (SIR), or “air
bag,” system. YourCadillac has an airbag for thedriver and for the
right-front passenger.

27

Here’s the most important thing to know:

I A CAUTION:
I

L

Even with an airbag, if you’re not wearing asafety belt and
you’re in a crash, your injuries may be much worse. Air bags are
not designed toinflate in rollovers or inrear, sideor low-speed
h n t a l crashes. You need to wear your safety belt to reduce the
chance of hitting things inside the
vehicle or being’ejected from
it. Always wear your safety belt, even withan air bag.

A CAUTION
Air bags inflatewith great force, faster than theblink of an eye.
If you’re too close ta an inflating air bag, it could seriously
injure you. Safety belts helpkeep you in position foran air bag
inflation ina crash. Always wear your safety belt, even withan
air bag, and the driver shouldsit as far back as possible while
still maintaining controlof the vehicle.

A CAUTION:
I

An inflating ais bag can seriously injure small children.Always
secure children properlyin your vehide. To read how, tee the
“Children and Safety Belts” section of this manual, and read
the caution label on the front-passenger’s safety belt.

28

r-

Air Bag System Light
There is an air bag readiness
light on theinstrument panel.The system
checks itself and thelight tells you if there is a problem.

1

You will see this light
flash for a few
seconds when you
turn your ignition to
“Run” or “Start.”
Then thelight should
go out, which means
the system is ready.

r

A CAUTION:

’

If the air bag readiness light doesn’t comeon when you start
your vehicle, or stays on, or comes on when you are driving, your
air bag system may not work properly. Have yourvehicle
serviced
right away.

I

C

29

-.

How The Air Bag System Works
n

.l
r

Where is the air bag?

r

The driver’s air bag is in the middle of the steering wheel. Your vehicle
has a front passenger air bag, it is located in the instrument panelon the
passenger’s side.

n

When is an air bag expectedto inflate?

The air bag is designed to inflate in moderate tosevere frontal or
near-frontal crashes. The air bag will onlyinflate if the velocity of the
impact is above the designed threshold level. When impacting straight
into a wall that does notmove or deform, the threshold level for most
GM vehicles is between 9 and 14 mph (14 and 23 kmk). However, this
velocity threshold dependson thevehicle design and may be several
miles-per-hour faster or slower. In addition, this threshold velocity willbe
considerably higher if the vehicle strikes an object such as a parked car
which will moveand deformon impact. The air bag is also not designed
to inflate in rollovers, side impacts, or rearimpacts where the inflation
would provide no occupant protectionbenefit.
In any particular crash,the determination of whether the air bag should
have inflated cannot be based solely on thelevel of damage on the

30

I

2

_
I

-

__

vehicle@). Inflationis determined by the angle of the impact and the
vehicle’s deceleration, of which vehicle damage is onlyone indication.
Repair cost is not agood indicator of whether an airbag should have
deployed.
What makes an airbag inflate?
In a frontalor near-frontal impactof sufficient severity, sensors
strategically located on the vehicle detect that the vehicle is suddenly
stopping as a resultof a crash. These sensors complete an
electrical
circuit, triggering a chemical reactionof the sodium azide sealed
in the
inflator. The reaction produces nitrogengas, whichinflates acloth bag.
The inflator, cloth bag, and related hardwareare all part of the airbag
inflator modules packedinside the steeringwheel and in the instrument
panel in front of the passenger.
How does an air bag restrain?
In moderate tosevere frontal or near-frontal
collisions, even belted
occupants can contact the steering wheel or theinstrument panel. The air
bag supplements the protection provided by safety belts. Air bags
distribute the force of the impactmore evenly over the occupant’s upper
body, stopping the occupant moregradually. But air bags would not
provide protectionin manytypes of collisions, including rollovers and
rear andside impacts, primarily because anoccupant’s motion is not
toward the air bag. Air bags should never be regarded
as anything more
than a supplement tosafety belt protection in moderate to severe frontal
and near-frontalcollisions.
What will you see after an airbag inflation?

-

--

After the air bag has inflated,
it will then quickly deflate. This occursso
quickly that some peoplemay not even realize that the airbag inflated.
The air bag will not impede thedriver’s visionor ability to steer the
vehicle, nor will it hinder the occupants from
exiting the vehicle. There
will be small amounts of smoke coming from ventsin the deflated air
bags. Some componentsof the air bag module in the steering wheelhub
for the driver’s air bag or the instrument panel for the passenger’s bag
may be hot for a short time, but
the portion of the bag that comes into
contact with you will not be hotto thetouch. The nitrogen gas used to
inflate the ‘airbag will have vented intothe passenger compartment, and
the bagwill be deflatedwithin seconds after thecollision. Nitrogen makes
up about 80% of the air we breathe andis not hazardous.As the nitrogen

31

vents from the bag, small particles are also vented intothe passenger
compartment.

n

In many crashes severe enough to inflate an air bag, windshieldsare
broken by vehicle deformation. Additionalwindshield breakage may
occur in vehicles withpassenger air bags because the windshield acts as a
reaction surface for theinflating air bag.

I-

A CAUTION:
0

Don’t attach anything to the steeringwheel pad. It might
injure the driver
if the air bag inflates.

0

Don’t set anythingon or attachanything to the instrument
panel. It might injure thepassenger if the air bag inflates.

0

0

LY

L I

7..

1LJ

The air bags are designed to inflateonly once. After they
inflate, you’ll need some new parts foryour air bag system. If
you don’t get them, the air bag system won’t be there to help
protect you in another crash.A new system will include air
bag modules and possibly other parts

m
Ib.

Y

Let only qualified technicians work on your air bag system.
Improper service can mean that your air bag system won’t
work properly. Seeyour dealer forservice.

OTICE.

you damage thecover for the right-frontpassenger’s air bag,
it may not work properly. You may haveto replace both theai1

.-_

.
:
a
..
:
.
:

,

-.
ZI
32

Servicing Your Cadillac with the Air Bag System
Please tell or remind anyonewho works on your Cadillac that it has the
air bagsystem. There areparts of the air bag system inseveral places
around your vehicle. You don’t wantthe system to inflate while someone
is working on your vehicle. The air bagsystem does not need regular
maintenance. Your Cadillac dealer andthe 1993 Cadillac Service Manual
have information about the air bag system, including repair or disposal.

I
I

A CAUTION:

I

For up to 2 minutes after the ignition key is turned off and the
battery disconnected, an airbag can still inflate during
improper service. You can be injured if you areclose to an air
bag when itinflates. Be sure to follow the proper service
procedures.

I

When electricalwork is done under the hood inside
or
your vehicle, the
ignition should bein “Lock” if possible. Avoid wires wrapped with yellow
tape, oryellow connectors. Theyare probably partof the airbag system.
Your vehicle has adriver’s air bag and aright front passenger’s air bag.
Both airbags must be disconnected if the ignition has to beon for
electrical work or if the steering column is to be disassembled.
Disconnect both airbags like this:
Turn off the ignition.
Remove the SIR (air bag) fuse (see “Fuses andCircuit Breakers” in
the Index).
Disconnect bothyellow connectors at the baseof the steering column.
When thework is complete, if the air bag system was disconnected, be
sure to reattacheverything and replace the fuse before turning the
ignition on. When you turn the ignition key on, be sure you see the
inflatable restraintlight on theinstrument panel.If you don’t see this
light flash and thengo out as usual, have your air bagsystem repaired.

33

I

SMETYBELT USE DURING PREGNANCY

T

I

Safety belts work for everyone, including pregnant women. Like all
occupants, they are morelikely to be seriouslyinjured if they don’twear
safety belts.

L

A pregnant woman should weara lap-shoulder belt, and the lap portion
should be worn as low as possible throughout the pregnancy.

t

The best way to protect the fetusis to protect the mother. Whena safety
belt is worn properly, it’s more likely that the fetuswon’t be hurtin a
crash. For pregnantwomen,as for anyone, the key to making safetybelts
effective iswearing them properly.
-

-

34

-

RYGHT FRONT PASSENGER POSITION

The right front passenger’s safety belt works the same way as the driver’s
safety belt. See “DriverPosition,” earlier in this part.
.-

The lap portionof the belt is pulled out all the way, it willlock. If it does,
let it go back all the way and start again.

CENTER FRONT PASSENGER POSITION
__

__

__

Your vehicle has a frontsplit seat, and someonecan sit in the center
position.

35

When you sit in a
center frontseating
position you have a
lap safety belt, which
has no retractor. To
make the belt longer.
tilt the latch plate
and pull it along the
belt.

To make the belt
shorter, pull its free
end as shownuntil
the belt is snug.

I

Buckle, position andrelease it the same way as the lap part of a
lap-shoulder belt. If the belt isn’t long enough, see “Safety Belt Extender”
at theend of this section.
Make surethe release button onthe buckle faces upward or outward so
you would be able to unbuckle it quickly if you ever had to.

1

CENTER REAR PASSENGER POSITION

I

!

u
Your vehicle has arear bench seat, and someonecan sit in the center
position.

1. Pick up thelatch plate and,in a single motion, pull the belt across you.
Don’t let it get twisted.

R

2. Push the latch
plate into the
buckle until it
clicks. If the belt
stops beforeit
reaches the
buckle, let it go
back into the
retractor all the
way and start
again.

3. Feed the lap belt into the retractor to tightenit.

37

U

I

Position and release it the same way as the lap partof a lap-shoulder
belt.

If the belt isn't long enough, see"Safety Belt Extender" at theend of
this section. Make sure the release button on the
buckle faces upward
or outward so you would be able to unbuckle it quickly if you ever had
to.

RERR SEAT PASSENGERS
It's very important for rear seatpassengers to buckle up! Accident
statistics show that unbelted peoplein the rear seat are hurt more often
in crashes than thosewho are wearing safety belts.
Rear passengers who aren't safety belted can bethrown out of the vehicle
in a crash. And they can strike othersin the vehicle whoare wearing
safety belts.

38

- I

u

I
I

-

,

-

-

~

Rear Seat Outside Passenger Positions

The positions next to thewindows have lap-shoulder belts. Here’s how to
wear one properly.

1. Pick up thelatch
plate andpull the
belt across you.
Don’t let it get
twisted.

2. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks.

39

If the belt stops
before it reaches the
buckle, tilt the latch
plate and keep
pulling until you can
buckle it.

If the belt is not long enough, see“Safety Belt Extender” at the end
of
this section. Make sure the release button on
the buckle faces upward or
outward so you would be able to unbuckle it quickly if you ever had to.

40

1

r_

7

3. To make the lap
part tight, pull
down on the
buckle end of the
belt as you pull up
on the shoulder
part.

The lap partof the beltshould be worn low and snug on thehips, just
touching the thighs. In a crash, this applies force to thestrong pelvic
bones. And you'd be less likely to slide under the lap belt.
If you slid

.
%
,
,
.

under it, thebelt would apply force atyour abdomen. This could causd
serious or even fatal injuries. The shoulder beltshould go over the
shoulder andacross the chest. These-parts.
of the-body . .are
best,.. able t o
-,,.
.. .
. ..
.
.
.
takebeltrestraining forces.. . . :% - . :
.

.~

,

i

-

The safety belt locks if there's$ sudderir%topor a cradi, if
oryou puli it
very quicklyout of the retractor.

p @ ?

m

,;z:ut,rr;."

-*.*;?

*,'?a'*.'

'

-

CHILDREN

- Everyone in a vehicle needs protection! Thatincludes infants and all
children smaller than adult size. In fact, the law in everystate and
Canadian province says children up to some age must be restrained while
in a vehicle.
_

I

43

,CrnaZZer Children and Babies

r

A CAUTION:
Smaller childrenand babies shouldalways be restrained ina
child or infant restraint. The instructions for the restraint
will
say whether it
is the righttype and size for yourchild. A very
young child’s hip bones are so small that a regularbelt might
not staylow on thehips, as itshould. Instead, thebelt will likely
be over the child’s abdomen. In a crash thebelt would apply
force right on the child’s abdomen, which could cause serious or
fatal injuries. So, be sure that anychild small enough for one is
always properly restrained in child
a
or infant restraint.

- 1
..-.
F.

&!bCAUTION
Never hold a baby in yourarms while riding in a vehicle. A baby
a crash a baby will
doesn’t weigh much -- until a crash. During
become so heavy you can’t hold it. For example, in a crash at
only 25 mph (40 km/h), a 12-pound(5.5 kg)baby will suddenly
become a 240-pound (110 kg)force on yourarms. The baby
would be almost impossibleto hold.
CAUTION: (Continued)

I

Lz
i
’

I
i
LrJ

-.

44

CHILD R E S T U N T S
Be sure tofollow the instructions for the restraint.You may find these
instructions on the restraintitself or in a booklet,or both. These
restraints use the belt system inyour vehicle, but thechild also has to be
secured within the restraint to help reduce the chanceof personal injury.
The instructions thatcome with the infant orchild restraint will show you
how to do that.

n

Where to Put the Restraint
Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in
the rear rather than the front
seat. We at GeneralMotors therefore
recommend thatyou put your child restraint in the rearseat. NEVER put
a rear-facing child restraint in the frontpassenger seat. Here’s why:

A CAUTION:
A child in a rear-facingchild restraint can be seriously injured
if the right-frontpassenger’s air bag inflates. This isbecause
the back of a rear-facing child restraint would be very closeto
the inflatingair bag. Your vehiclehas a right-front passenger’s
air bag, always secure a rear-facing child restraint in the rear
seat.
You may secure aforward-facing child restraint in the
right-front seat. However, before securing a forward-facing child
as far back as
restraint, ALWAYS move the front passenger seat
it will go. Or, secure thechild restraint in the rearseat.

46

I

ri

Lj’

Top Strap
If your child restraint
has a top strap,it
should be anchored.

If you need to have an anchorinstalled, you can ask your Cadillac dealer
to putit in for you. If you want to install an anchor yourself, your dealer
can tell you how to do it.
Vehicles first sold in Canada have child restraint anchor Dracket hardware
in the glove box, along with instructions for installing it. This should be
used only with a child restraint, and only to secure achild restraint at the
center rearseating position. Additional anchor brackets forchild
restraints at one orboth of the rearoutside seating positions are available
at Cadillac dealerships in Canada.
I

I
C
-

ph

,

Securing a Child Restraint in a RearOutside Position
n

- 1

.

-

You’ll be using the lap-shoulder belt.See the earlier
section about the top
strap if the child restraint has one.

1. Put the restraint on the seat.
Follow the instructions forthe child
restraint.
2. Secure the child in the child restraint as the instructions say.
2
_

3. Pull out thevehicle’s safety belt and runthe lap part through or
around the restraint. The child restraint instructions will showyou
how. Tilt the latch plate toadjust the belt if needed.
See if the shoulder beltwould go in front of the child’s face or neck. If
so, put it behind the child restraint.
4. Buckle the belt.
Make sure the
release button
faces upward or
outward, so you’ll
be able to
unbuckle it
quickly if you ever
need to.

49

5. To tighten the
belt, pull up on
the shoulderbelt
while you push
down on the child
restraint.

n
LP

6. Push and pull the
child restraint in
different
directions to be
sure it is secure.

To remove the child restraint, just unbuckle the vehicle’s safety beltand
let it go back allthe way. The safety belt will move freely againand be
ready to work for anadult or larger child passenger.

50

ri
c. .A

Securing a Child Restraint in the Center Rear Seat
Position

You'll be using the lap belt. See the earlier
section about the top strapif
the child restraint has one.
1. Put the restraint on the seat. Follow the instructions for the child
restraint.

2. Secure thechild in the child restraint as the instructions say.

3. Pull the lapbelt
all the way out
without stopping.

I.

c

_

4. While holding it out, run the belt through or around the child
restraint. Thechild restraint instructionswill show you how.

51

5. Buckle the belt.
Make sure the
release button
faces upward or
outward, so you'll
be able to
unbuckle it
quickly if you ever
need to.

7. Push and pull the
child restraint in
different
directions to be
sure it is secure.

To remove the child restraint, justunbuckle the vehicle’s safety belt and
let it go back all the way. The safety belt will move freely again and be
ready to work for anadult or larger child passenger.

Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat

---

Your vehicle has a right-frontpassenger’s air bag. NEVER put a
rear-facing child restraint in this position. Here’s why:

53

A CAUTION:
A rear-facing child restraintin the front seat could be pushed
into the seatbackby the right-front passenger'sair bag if it
inflates. A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously
injured ifthis happens. Always secure a rear-facing child
restraint in the rearseat.

3. Secure the child in the child restraint as the instructionssay.
4. Pull out thevehicle's safety belt and run the lap part through or
around the restraint. The
child restraint instructionswill show you
how.
See if the shoulder beltwould go in front of the child's face or neck. @
so, put it behindthe child restraint.

II

5. Buckle the belt.

Make sure therelease button faces upward or outward, so you’ll be
able to unbuckle it quickly if you ever need to.

6. Pull the rest of the
lap belt all the
way out of the
retractor to set
the lock.

7. To tighten the
belt, feed the lap
belt back into the
retractor while
YOU P' Ish down on
the ch ild restraint.

p_

n

-

n

T
.. .. -

.

8. Push and pull the
child restraint in
different
directions to be
sure it is secure.

The safety belt will move freely again and beready to work for an adult
or largerchild passenger.

56

r_

W

r

Larger Children

Children who have outgrown child restraints should wear the vehicle’s
safety belts.

If you have the choice, a child should sit next to a window so the child can
wear a lap-shoulder belt and get the additional restraint a shoulder
belt
can provide.
Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in
the rear seat.But they need to use the safety belts properly.

57

Children who aren't buckled up can be thrown out in a crash.
i

~

0

Children who
aren't buckled up
can strike
other
people who are.

1

i

n
I

1

L1

a
t

1

n

58

,

A CAUTION:
Never do this.

Here two children are wearing the same belt. The belt can’t
properly spread the impactforces. In a crash, thetwo children
can be crushed together and seriously injured. A belt must be
used by only one person at a time.

I

Q: What if a child is wearing

a lap-shoulderbelt, but thechild is so
small that the shoulderbelt is very closeto thechild’s face or neck?

A:

Move the child toward the center of the vehicle, but be sure that the
shoulder belt still is on thechild’s shoulder, so that in a crash the
child’s upper body would have the restraint that belts provide. If the
child is so small that the shoulderbelt is still veryclose to thechild’s
face or neck, you might want to place the child in the center seat
position, the one thathas only a lap belt.

59

A CAUTION:
Never do this.

Here a child is sitting ina seat that hasa lap-shoulder belt, but
the shoulder partis behind the child. If the childwears the belt
in thisway, in a crash thechild might slide under thebelt. The
belt’s force would then be applied right on the child’s abdomen
That could cause serious or fatal injuries.
r
I
L

Wherever thechild sits, the lap portionof the belt should be worn low
and snugon thehips, just touching the child’s thighs. This applies belt
force to thechild’s pelvicbones in a crash.

60

SAFETYBELT EXTENDER
If the vehicle’s safetybelt will fasten aroundyou, youshould use it.
But if a safety belt isn’t long enough to fasten, your dealer will order you
an extender.It’s free. Whenyou go in to orderit, take theheaviest coat
you will wear, so the extender will be long enough foryou. The extender
will be just for you, and justfor the seat
in your vehicle that you choose.
Don’t let someoneelse use it, and use it only for the seatit is made tofit.
To wear it, just attach it to the regular safety belt.

CHECKING YOUR R E S T M N T SYSTEMS
Now and then, make sure
all your belts, buckles, latch plates, retractors,
anchorages and remindersystems are working properly. Look forany
loose parts ordamage. If you see anything that might keep a restraint
system from doingits job, have it repaired.

--

REPUCING SAFETYBELTSAFTER A
CRASH
If you’ve had a crash, do you need new belts?
After a very minor collision, nothing may be necessary. But if the belts
were stretched,as they would be if worn during a more severecrash, then
you need new belts.
If belts are cut or damaged, replace them.Collision damage also may
mean you will haveto have safety belt parts, like the retractor,replaced
or anchorage locations repaired -- even if the belt wasn’t being used at
the time of the collision.

-i

Q: What's wrong with this:

c

'i

A:

The belt is torn.

A CAUTION:

I

Torn or frayed belts may not protect youin a crash. They can
rip apart under impact forces. If a belt
is torn or frayed, geta
new one right away.

I

LCJ

I

I

I

k

-.dl

n
L

62

1

SECTION 2
*___

1

FEATURES AND CONTROLS
Here you can learn aboutthe many standard and optional features on
your Cadillac, and information on starting, shifting and braking. Also
explained are the instrument panel
and the warning systems that tell you
if everything is workingproperly -- and what to doif you have a problem.

~

--

KEYS

I I

A CAUTION:
I

Leaving youngchildren in a vehicle withthe ignition key is
dangerous formany reasons. A child or others could be badly
injured or even killed.
They couldoperate power windowsor othercontrols or even make
the vehicle move.If they turned theignition to “ON” and moved
the shift lever out of “P” (Park),that would release the parking
brake. Don’t leavethe keys in avehicle with youngchildren.

63
,

m
The ignition keys are
for the ignition only.
The doorkeys are for
the doors andall other
locks.

..
..

.

.

.

.

m
m
a h
I

- ,.

I , . . ; :

.

I

m
rn
I

II
x

I

H

m

There areseveral ways to lock and unlock your vehicle:
c

From the outside:
Use your door key.

u

r
t

U

If your vehicle has a theftdeterrent system and it is armed, unlock the
doors only withthe key or Keyless Entry System. This will avoidsetting
off the alarm.

From the inside: To
lock the door,push
down on thelock
lever.

U

To unlock the door,
push the lock lever
UPU

-.
U

66

_m_

Power Door Locks
Push the lower part
of the switch marked
“LOCK’ tolock all
doors at once. Push
the upper partof
the switch marked
“UNLOCK’ to unlock
all the doors.

r

- 1

The switch on each rear doorwill lock all the doors. It won’t unlock all of
the doors -- that’s asafety feature.

Automatic Door Locks (Option)
Just close your doors, turn on theignition. Every time you move your
shift lever out of “P” (Park) all of the doorswill lock. And, every time you
stop and move your shift lever into “P” (Park), your doors will unlock. If
someone needs toget out while you’re not in “P” (Park), have that person
use the manualor power lock. When the dooris closed again, it will not
lock automatically. Just use the manual orpower lock to lock the door
again.

_-

~-

Central Door Unlocking Feature(Option)
You can unlock the doors from either front outside door
lock. Hold the
key in the turned position for afew seconds.
.-

I__

.-

Illuminated Entry System
When you lift the door handle, the
lights inside your Cadillac will go on.
They’ll go off when you start your engine, orwhen 30 seconds have

67

passed. If you vehiclehas the RemoteKeyless Entry feature,just push
any button on thetransmitter.

1

Leaving Your Whicle
If you are leaving the vehicle, take your keys, open your door and set the
locks from inside. Then get out and close the door.
If your vehicle has a theft deterrent system, see “Universal Theft
Deterrent’’ in the Index.

Glove Box

T
h

r
I

d

r

The glove box is directly in
front of the frontpassenger seat. To unlock
the door,insert the doorkey into the lock cylinder and turnit to theleft.
To lock the door, turn the
key to theright and remove the key. The key
may be removed in the locked or unlocked position.

U

Traction Control Disable Switch
This featureis deleted
on Coach Builder
limousine and funeral
coach packages.
You’ll findthe switch
in the glove box.

c

1

You will need touse this switchshould you get stuck in a snow bank and
can’t rockthe vehicle out. To disable traction control, press the right end
of the switch until the yellow “TMCTION CONTROI? telltale light
comes on. The system is reset the next time the ignition key isturned off.

c-

U

U

68

.-.

Remote Trunk Release
You’ll find the button
in the glove box.

- It works only when the ignition is on. If you stop your vehicle and turn the
-

Your
ignition key to “OFF”,you can still use the remote trunk release.
vehicle has RetainedAccessory Power (RAP). The electrical power to the
Trunk Release will not shut off until you open a door or 10 minutes has
10 minutes, justturn thekey
passed. If you want this power for another
to“ RUN” and then
back to “OFF”.

-

AUTOM!ATIC PULL-DOWN FEATURE

A CAUTION:
r

You car has an automatic
pull-down feature that helpsclose the
trunk electronically. Your fingers canbe trapped under the
trunk lid as it goes down. Your fingers could be injured, andyou
would need someone to helpyou free them. Keep your fingers
awav from the trunklid as you close it and as it going
is down.

69

REMOTE KEIZESS ENTRY SYSTEM
If your Cadillac has this option, you can lock and unlock your doors or
unlock your trunk from up to30 feet (9 m) away usingthe key chain
transmitter supplied with your vehicle.
Your Remote Keyless Entry System is intended to beused as a
supplementary vehicle entry device. It is not intendedto replace, but
rather should beused in conjunction with a door lock key. It operates on
a radio frequency subject to Federal Communications Commission
(FCC) Rules.
This device complies withPart 15 of the FCCRules. Operation is subject
to thefollowing two conditions: (1)This device maynot cause harmful
interference, and(2) This device must accept any interference received,
including interference thatmay cause undesired operation.
Should interference to this system occur, try this:
Check to determine if battery replacement is necessary. See the
instructions on battery replacement.
0 Check the distance. You may be too far from your vehicle. This
product has a maximum range.
0 Check the location. Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the
signal.
See your Cadillac dealer or a qualified technician for service.
Changes or modifications to this system by other thanan authorized
service facilitycould void authorization to use this equipment.

i

k
U

p_

-

n
i

r
U

r

c

Operation
Press this symbol to
unlock the driver's
door. Press it again
within 5 seconds to
unlock the other
doors. Pressing this
button will also
disarm the Theft
Deterrent System
and turn on the
interior lights.
Press this symbol to
lock your doors.
This also arms the
Theft Deterrent
System.
Press this symbol to
open the trunk.

r

0

Press this button to
turn on the interior
lights only.

Matching Transmitter(@ To Your 'Vehicle
Each key chain transmitter is coded to prevent another transmitter from
unlocking your vehicle. If a transmitteris lost or stolen, a replacement
can be purchased throughyour dealer. Remember tobring the remaining
transmitter with you when you go to your dealer. When the dealer
matches the replacement transmitter to
your vehicle, the remaining
transmitter must also be matched.

I
_

~

71

You can match a transmitter
to as many different vehicles as you own,
provided theyare equippedwith exactlv the same modelsvstem. (General
Motors offers several different modelsof these systems on theirvehicles.)
Each vehicle can have only2 transmitters matchedto it.
See your dealer to match transmittersto anothervehicle.

Battery Replacement
Under normaluse, the batteries in your key chain transmitter shouldlast
about two years.
You can tell the batteries are weak if the transmitter won't work at the
normal rangein any location. If you have to get close to your vehicle
before the transmitter works, it's probably time to change the batteries.
1. Use round end of
the doorkey, or a
quarter to rotate
cover
counterclockwise
I
1/16 of a turn.

72

1
U

"-r

2. Remove battery
and replacewith
CR2025 or
equivalent. Using
the wrong size
battery can damage
the transmitter.

3. Make sure battery
is positioned with
" +" facing cover.

73

,

I

4. Align notches on
cover and
transmitter
and
rotate clockwiseto
reinstall.

u

I

74

B

The rear doorsof your vehicle cannot be openedfrom the inside when this
feature is in use.

-

When you want to opena rear doorwhen the security lock is on:
1. Unlock the door from the inside.
2. Then open the doorfrom the outside.
To cancel the rear doorlock:
1. Unlock the door from theinside and open the door from the outside.
2. Move the lever all the way down.
3. Do the same for the other rear door.
The rear doorlocks will nowwork normally.

THEFT
Vehicle theft is big business, especially insome cities. Although your
Cadillac has a number of theft deterrent features, we know that nothing we
put on it can make it impossible to steal. However, there areways you can
help.

Key in the ignition: If you walk awayfrom your vehicle with the keys
inside, it’s an easy target forjoy riders or professional thieves -- so don’t
do it.
When you park your Cadillac and open thedriver’s door, you’ll hear a
chime reminding you to remove your key from the ignition and take it with
you. Always do this. Your steering wheel will be locked, and so will your
ignition and transmission. And remember to lock the doors.
Parking at Night: Park in a lighted spot, close all windowsand lock your
vehicle. Remember to keep your valuables out of sight. Put them in a
storage area, or take them
with you.
Parking Lots: If you park in a lot where someone will be watching your
vehicle, it’s best to lock it up and take your keys. But what if you have to
leave your ignition key? What if you have to leave something valuable in
your vehicle?
Put your valuables in a storage area, like your trunk orglove box.
Lock the glove box.
Lock all the doors except the driver’s.
0 Then take the door key with you.

75

THEFT DETERRENT (OPTION)

Y
.

h
. .---I.
w

If your Cadillac has this
option, it has a theft
deterrent alarm system.
With this system, the
“SECURITY
SYSTEM” light will
flash as you open the
door (if your ignition is
off).

L

This light reminds you to arm the theft deterrent
system. Here’s how to
do it:
1. Open the door.

2. Lock the doorwith the power door lock switch or Keyless Entry
System. The “SECURITYSYSTEM” light should come on and stay
on.
3. Close all doors. The “SECURITY SYSTEM”light should go off.
If a door or the trunk is opened without the key, the alarm will go off. It
will also go off if a door lock or the trunk lock is damaged. Your vehicle’s
lights will flashand the hornwill sound.
Remember, the theft deterrent systemwon’t arm if youlock the doors
with a key or manual door lock. It arms only if you use a power door lock
switch or Keyless Entry System.
Here’s how to avoid setting off the alarm by accident:
If you don’t want to arm the theft deterrent system, the vehicle should
be locked after the doors are
closed.
Always unlock a door with a key or Keyless Entry System. Unlocking a
door any other way will set off the alarm.
If you set off the alarm by accident, unlock anydoor with your key or
Keyless Entry System.

76

I

,

r
A

7

Y

i

II

Y

r

The alarm won’t stop if you try to unlock a doorany other way.

How to Test The Alarm
Roll down your window and lock your vehicle using the power door
lock.
Reach in and unlock the door using the manual lock, and open the
door. Thehorn will sound andyour headlights will flash.

-

If the alarm does not sound
when it should, check to seeif the horn
works. The horn fuse may be blown. To replace the fuse, see “Fuses and
Circuit Breakers” in the Index.

To reduce the possibility of theft, always arm the theft deterrentsystem
when leaving your vehicle.

PASS-KEY IIm
- Your vehicle is equipped with the PASS-Key I1
-

-

__

(Personalized
Automotive Security System) theft deterrent system. PASS-Key I1 is a
passive theft deterrent system. This means you don’t have to doanything
different to arm or disarm the system. It works when you insert or remove
the key from the ignition. PASS-Key TM uses a resistor pellet in the
ignition key that matches a decoderin your vehicle.
When the PASS-Key I1 TM system senses that someone is using the wrong
key, it shuts down the vehicle’s starter and fuelsystems. For about three
minutes, the starterwon’t work and fuel won’t go to theengine. If
someone tries to startyour vehicle again or uses another key during this
time, the vehicle will not start.This discourages someone fromrandomly
trying different keys with different resistor pellets in an attempt to makea
match.
TM

I
_

-

__

The ignition key must be clean and dry before it’s inserted in the ignition
or theengine may not start. If the engine does not start and and
the
“PASS KEY FAULT” light comes on, the key may be dirty or wet. Turn
the ignition off.
Clean and dry the key. Wait about three minutes and
try again. The
security light will remain on duringthis time. If the starter still won’t
work, and the key appears tobe clean and dry, wait about threeminutes
and try the otherignition key. At this time, you may also want to check

77

the fuse (see “Fuses and Circuit Breakers” in the Index). If the starter
won’t work withthe otherkey, your vehicleneeds service. If your vehicle
does start,the first ignition key may be faulty.
See your Cadillac dealer or
a locksmith whocan service the PASS-Key I1TM .

5

l i s ,

If you accidentally usea key that has a damaged or missing resistor pellet,
the starterwon’t work and thesecurity lightwill flash. But you don’t have
to wait three minutes before trying one of the otherignition keys.
7

See your Cadillac dealer or a locksmith whocan service the Pass-Key I1TM
to have a new key made.
If you’re ever driving and the “PASS KEY FAULT” light comes on and
stays on, you will be able to restart your engine if you turn it off. Your
PASS-Key I1 TM system, however,is not working properly and must be
serviced by your Cadillac dealer. Your vehicleis not protected by the
PASS-Key I1TM system.
If you lose or damage a PASS-Key I1TM ignition key, see your Cadillac
dealer ora locksmith who can service PASS-KeyI1 TM to have a new key
made.

NEW VEHICLE “BREAK=IN”

I

.

-

Y

IGNITION KEY POSITIONS
This lock gives youfive
different positions.

Before you put thekey in, your ignition will be in the Lock position. This
- position locks your ignition, steering wheel andtransmission. It’s an
anti-theft feature.
The otherpositions let you perform thesefunctions:
- ACC: Accessory lets you use things like the radio and thewindshield
wipers when the engine is off.To get into “Acc”, push in the key and turn
it toward you. Your steering wheel will remain locked, justas it was
before you inserted the key.

-

OFF: This position letsyou turn off the engine butstill turn the steering
wheel. It doesn’t lock the steering wheel like “Lock.” Use “Off”if you
must have your car in motion while the engine is off (for example, if your
car is being pushed).

-

R U N This is the position for driving.
STARE This startsyour engine.

79

’t.

If your key seems stuck in“Lock” and you can’t turn it,be sure
it is all the
way in. If it is, then turn the steering
wheel left and
right whileyou turnthe key hard. But turn the key onlywith
your hand.Using a tool to force it could break thekey or the
ignitior,-w;tch. If none of this works, then your vehicle needs
service,

XI
7

STARTING YOUR ENGINE

To start your V8 engine:
1. Don’t push the accelerator pedal before starting yourengine. In some
other vehicles you mightneed to do this, but because of your vehicle’s
you
computer systems,
2. Turn your ignition key to “Start.” When the engine starts, let go of the
key. The idle speed will go down as yourengine gets warm.
3. If it doesn’t start within 3 seconds, push the accelerator pedal about
one-third of the way down, while you hold
the ignition key in“Start.”
When the engine starts, letgo of the key and letup on the accelerator
80

1:

e _

9

8

,

r

pedal. Wait about 15 seconds between each try to help avoid draining
your battery.

When starting your engine in very cold weather (below 0 F or -18 C), do
this:
1. With your foot off the accelerator pedal, turn theignition key to
“Start” andhold it there. Aftertwo seconds, push the accelerator
pedal about one-thirdof the way down. When the engine starts, let
go
of the key. Use theaccelerator pedal to maintain engine speed, if you
have to, until your engine has run for awhile.
2. If your engine still won’t start (or starts but then stops),
it could be
flooded with too much gasoline. Try pushing your accelerator pedalall
the way to thefloor andholding it there as you hold the key in “Start”
for about threeseconds. If the vehicle starts briefly but thenstops
again, do the samething, but this time keep the pedal down for five or
six seconds. This clears the extra gasoline from the engine.

81

.

DRIVING THROUGH DEEP STMDING
WATER

ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (OPTION)
In very cold weather, 0 F (-18 C) or colder, the engine block heater can
help. You'll get easier starting and betterfuel economy during engine
warm-up.

To use the block heater:
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Open the hood and unwrap the electrical cord.
3. Plug it into a normal, grounded 110-volt outlet.

Plugging the cord into an ungrounded outlet could cause an
electrical shock. Also, the wrong kind of extension cord could
overheat and cause a fire. You could be seriously injured. Plug
the cord into a properly grounded three-prong 110-volt outlet. If
the cord won't reach, use a heavy-duty three-prong extension
cord rated for at least 15 amps.

82

3,

r
IL ...B

= I

-.

How long should you keep theblock heater plugged in? The answer
depends on the weather, the
kind of oil you have,and some otherthings.
Instead of trying to list everything here, we ask that you contact a Cadillac
dealer in the areawhere you’ll be parking your vehicle. The dealercan
give you the best advice for thatparticular area.

AUTOMATIC T M S M I S S I O N
different positions for
your shift lever.

I

0

P (Park)

This locks your rear wheels. It’s the best position to use when youstart
your engine because your vehicle can’t move easily.

83

A CAUTION:
It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the shiftlever is
not fully in “P” (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. Your
vehicle can roll.
Don’t leave your vehicle when the engine is running unless you
have to. If you have left the engine running, thevehicle can
move suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure your
vehicle won’t move, when you’reon fairly level ground, always
set your parking brake andmove the shiftlever to “P” (Park).

I

h

See “Shifting Into ’P’ (Park)” in the Index. If you are parking
on a hill, or if you’re pulling a trailer, alsosee “Parking on
Hills’’ or “Towing a Railer” in the Index.

a

1

U

I

r

Ensure theshift lever is fully in“P” (Park) range beforestarting the
engine. Your Cadillac has a brake-transmission shift interlock. You have
to fully apply your regular brakes before you can shift from “P” (Park)
when the ignition key is in the “Run”position. If you cannot shift out of
“P” (Park), ease pressureon theshift lever -- push the shift lever all the
way into “P”(Park) as you maintain brake application. Then move the
shift lever into the gearyou wish. See “Shifting Out of ‘P’ (Park)” in this
part.
R (Reverse)
Use this gear to back up.

.
i

I

4

84

-‘

I

r

To rock your vehicle back and forth toget out of snow, iceor sand
without damaging your transmission, see “If You’re Stuck: In Sand, Mud,
Ice or Snow” in the Index.
N (Neutral)
In this position, your engine doesn’t connect with the wheels. To
restart when you’re already moving, use “N” (Neutral) only. Also, use
“N” when your vehicle is being towed.

A CAUTION:
Shifting out of “P” (Park) or “N” (Neutral) while your engine is
“racing” (running athigh speed) is dangerous.Unless your foot
is firmly on the brakepedal, your vehicle could move very
rapidly. You could lose control and hitpeople or objects. Don’t
shift out of “P” (Park) or“N” (Neutral) while your engine is
racing.

@ (Automatic Overdrive)
c

c-

This position is for normal driving. If you need morepower for
passing, and you’re:
- Going less than about 35 mph (60 kmih), push your accelerator
pedal abouthalfway down

Going about 35 mph (60 km/h) or more, push the accelerator all
the way down.
You’ll shift down to thenext gear and have more power.

-

r

85

D (Third Gear)

P

i

This is like @, but you never go into Overdrive.
Here aresome times you might choose “D” instead of
-

a

bl

“a”:

When driving on hilly, winding roads

- When towing a trailer, so there is less shifting between gears
- When going down a steep hill
2 (Second Gear)

-

This position gives you more power but lower fuel economy. You can
use cc 2 on hills. It can help controlyour speed as you go down steep
mountain roads, but then
you would also want to use your brakes off
and on.
97

,

>

NOTICE:
Don’t drive in “2” (Second Gear) for more than5 miles (8 km),
or atspeeds over 55 mph (88 km/h), or you can damage your
transmission. Use “D” or asmuch as possible.
Don’t shiftinto “2”
uare going slower than 65 mph
(105 km/h), or you can damageyour engine.

I1 (First Gear)
This position givesyou even more power (but lower fuel economy)
than “2.” You can use it on very steep hills, or in deep snow or mud. If
the selector lever is put in “1,”the transmission won’t shift into first
gear until the vehicle is going slowlyenough.

r

-

I

I

,

U

-.

L

86

.

r

-

NOTICE:
If your rear wheels can’t rotate, don’t try to drive. This might
happen ifyou were stuck in very deep sand or mud or were up
against a solid object. You could damage your transmission.
Also, if you stop when going uphill, don’t hoh’
with only the acceleratorpedal. This could 01
damage the transmission.Use your brakes ta
in position on ahill.

I

.

1

..

I

LOCHNG DIFFERENTmREAR AXLE
If you have this feature, your rear axle can give you additional traction on
snow, mud, ice, sand or gravel. It works like a standardaxle most of the
time, but when one of the rearwheels has no traction andthe otherdoes,
the locking feature will allow the wheel with traction to move the vehicle.

P m N G BRAKE

-

The parking brake uses the brakes on the rearwheels.

To set the parkingbrake:
Hold the regular brake pedal down with your rightfoot. Pushdown the
parking brake pedalwith yourleft foot. If the ignition is on, the brake
system warning lightwill come on.

P
I

A CAUTION:
If your hand or arm is in the way of the pedal, you couldbe
hurt. The pedal springs back quickly. Keepyour hand and arm
away when youuse the manualrelease lever.

,

I
r
‘i

I

,

I

NOTICE:
Driving with the parking brakeon can causeyour real ulakes to
overheat. You mayhave toreplacethem, and you could also
damage otherparts of your vehicle.

’

u

When you move out of “P” (Park) or “N”(Neutral), if your engine is
running, your parking brake should go off.If it doesn’t, you have a
parking brakeproblemand should haveitfixed. In the meantime, you
can still release your parking brake. Just pull on the manual release lever,
as shown.

I
I

If vou are on a hill: See “Parking on Hills” in the Index. That section
shows howto turnyour front wheels.
If you are towing a trailer and are parking any
on hill: See “Towing a
Trailer” in the Index. That section shows what to do first to keep the
trailer frommoving.

SHIFTING INTO “P” (PARK)

I A CAUTION:
It can be dangerous toget out of your vehicle if the shiftlever is
not fully in “P” (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. Your
vehicle can roll.

~

If you have left the engine running, thevehicle can move
suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure your vehicle
won’t move, when you’re on fairly level ground, use the steps
that follow. If you are parking on ahill, or if you’re pulling a
trailer, also see “Parking On Hills” or“Towing a Trailer” in the
Index.

Steering Column Shift Lever
1. Hold the brake pedaldown with your right foot.

89

2. Move the shift lever into “P” (Park) position like this:
0

Pull the lever
toward you.

n
W

Move the lever
up as far as it
will go.

3. With your right foot still holding the brake pedal down, set the
parking brake.
4. Move the ignition key to “Lock.”
5. Remove the key and take it with you, If you can walk away from your
vehicle with the ignition key inyour hand, your vehicle is in “P7’
(Park).

90

Leaving Your Pkhicle With the Engine Running

A CAUTION:
It can be dangerousto leave your vehicle with the engine
running. Your vehicle could move suddenlyif the shift lever is
not fully in “P” (Park) with the parking brake firmly
set. And, if
you leave the vehicle withthe engine running, it could overheat
and even catchfire. You or others could be injured. Don’t leave
your vehicle with theengine running unless you have to.

If you have to leave your vehicle with the engine running, be sureyour
vehicle is in “P” (Park) andyour parking brake is firmly set beforeyou
leave it. After you’ve moved the shift lever into the “P”(Park) position,
hold the regular brake pedaldown. Then, seeif you can move the shift
lever away from “P” (Park) without first pulling it toward you. If you can,
it means that theshift lever wasn’t fully locked into “P” (Park).

SHIFTING OUT OF “P” (PARK)
Your Cadillac has a brake-transmission shift interlock. You have to fully
apply your regular brake beforeyou can shift from “P” (Park) when the
---ignition is in the “Run”position. See “Automatic Transmission” in the
Index.

If you cannot shift out of “P” (Park), ease pressureon theshift lever -push the shift lever all the way into “P” (Park) asyou maintain brake
application. Then move the shift lever into the gear you wish.If you ever
hold the brake pedaldown but still can’t shift out of “P” (Park), try this:

1. Turn the key to “Off.” Open and close the driver’s door to turnoff the
Retained Accessory Powerfeature.
2. Apply and hold the brakeuntil the endof Step 4.
3. Shift to “N” (Neutral).
4. Start thevehicle and thenshift to thedrive gear you want.
5. Have the vehicle fixed as soon as you can.

91

PARKING OKER THINGS THATBURN

8
I

A
Things that can burn could touch hotexhaust parts under your
vehicle and ignite. Don't
park
over
papers, leaves, dry grass or
other things that can burn.

D
L..
-#

i

92

L

r

ENGINE EXHAUST

A CAUTION:
Engine exhaust cankill. It contains the gas carbonmonoxide
(CO),which you can’t see or smell. It can cause
unconsciousness and death.

I

You might have exhaust coming in if:
Your exhaust system sounds strangeor 8di€ferent.

*

m

Your vehicle gets rusty underneath.

a Your vehicle was damaged in a collision.

Your vehicle was damaged when drivingaver high points on
the road OF over mad debris.
0

Repairs weren’t dme correctiy

0

Your vehicle or exhalrst system had been modified
improperly.

.,

-

:,*

.

If you ever suspect exhaustis coming into your vehicle:
0

@

Drive it only with all the windows down to blow out anyCO;
and
Have it fixed immediately.

93

RUNNING YOUR ENGINE WHILE YOU’RE
PARKED
It’s better not topark with the engine running. But if you ever have to,
here are somethings to know.

A CAUTION:
Idling the enginewith the air system control off could allow
dangerous exhaustinto your vehicle (see the earlier Caution
under “Engine Exhaust”).

Also, idling in a closed-in place can let deadlyI- --moamonoxide
(CO) into yourvehicle evenif the fanswitch is at the highest
setting. One place this can happen isa garage. Exhaust-- with
CO -- can came in easily. NEWER park a garagewith the
i n .

engine running.
Another closed-in place canbe a blizzard. (See “Blizzard” in the
Index,)

It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the shift lever is
not fnhly in “P” (Park) with the parking brake firmly set. Your
vehicle can d I . l3on’t leave your vehicle whenthe engineis
running unless you have to. If you’ve left the engine running,
the vehicle can move suddenly. You or others could be injured.
Ta be $ w e your vehicle won’t move, even when you’re on fairly
level ground, always set your parking brake move the shift lever
to “P” (Park).
i
Follow the proper steps to be sure your vehicle won’t move,
If you ,amparking on zt hill, OT if you’re pulling a trailer, alsosee
“Parking on Hills” or “Towinga Ikrriler” in the Index.

94

’

i

LY

_u_

TILT WHEEL

A tilt steering wheel allows youto adjust the height of the steeringwheel
before you drive.
g

_

7

-

I_

You can also raise it to thehighest level to give your legs more room
when you exit and enter thevehicle.

To tilt the wheel, hold the steering wheel and pull the lever. Move the
steering wheel to a comfortablelevel, then release the lever to lock the
wheel in place.

POWER STEERING
Your Cadillac is equipped with Electronic Variable Assistpower steering
system. Steering is easier at a lower speed andwhen parallel parking. At
higher speeds, steering effortsare increased to improve vehicle stability.

If your engine stops(or thepower assist is reduced), you can still steer.
But it will take more effort.

95

POWER WTNDOWS
The controls are near eachwindow. Here’s how the master controlworks.

Express Down Window (Driver’s Side)
n

Just press the switch once -- for half a second or more -- and then let go.
The window will go allthe way down. If you want to stop the window as it
is going down,press the switch again.

4

pi-

Your vehiclehas Retained Accessory Power (RAP). When you stop your
vehicle and turn theignition key to “OFF”,you can still use your power
windows. The electrical power to thepower windows willnot shutoff
until you open a door or10 minutes has passed. If you want this power
for another 10 minutes, just turn the key to “RUN’’ and thenback to
“OFF”.

~

Rear Window Lock Out
With this feature you
can cut electrical
power to the rear
power windows by
pressing the right end
of the lock out switch.
This feature is useful
when you’re
transporting small
children and you don’t
want them using the
power windows.

HORN
To sound the horn,just press the steering wheel pad.

THE TURN SIGNAEIMULTIFUNCTION
LEVER

i

97
,

The lever on theleft side of the steering column includes your:
0

Turn Signal and Lane Change Indicator

0

Headlight High-Low Beam & Passing Signal

0

Windshield Wipers

0

Windshield Washer

0

Cruise Control

n

*-' I

Turn Signal andLane Change Indicator
The turnsignal has
two upward (for Right)
and two downward
(for Left) positions.
These positions allow
you to signal a turn or
a lanechange.

n

.

*

To signal a turn,move the lever all the way up ordown. When the turnis
finished, the lever willreturn automatically.

d

n

e-

98

l

A green arrow on the
instrument panelwill
flash in the direction of
the turn or lane
change.

If the turnsignal remains on afteryou have driven about .5 mile (.8 km),
a reminderchime will sound until you turn the turnsignal off.
To signal a lane change, justraise or lower the lever until the greenarrow
starts toflash. Hold it there until you complete your lane change.The
lever will return by itself when you release it.
ASyou signal a turn or a lane
change, if the arrows don’t flash but just
stay on, a signal bulb may be burned out and other
drivers won’t see your
turn signal.
If a bulb is burned out, replaceit to help avoid an accident. If the green
arrows don’t go on at all when you signal a turn,check the fuse (see
“Fuses” in the Index) andfor burned-outbulbs.
If you have a trailertowing option with added wiring for thetrailer lights,
a differentturn signal flasher is used. With this flasher installed, the
signal indicator will flash even if a turnsignal bulb is burned out.Check
the front and rear turn
signal lights regularly to make sure they are
working.

Operation of Lights
Although your vehicle’s lighting system (headlights, parking lights, side
marker lights and taillights) meet all applicable federal lighting
requirements, certain states and
provinces may apply their own lighting
regulations that may require special attention beforeyou operate these
lights. For example, some jurisdictions may require that headlights be
turned onwhenever you must use your windshield wipers. In addition,

most jurisdictions prohibit driving solely withparking lights, especiallyat
dawn or dusk. It is recommended that you check withyou own state or
provincial highwayauthority for applicable lighting regulations.

Headlight High-LowBeam

1

:

I

U

To change the
headlights from low
beam tohigh or high to
low, pull the turnsignal
lever allthe way toward
you. Then release it.
When the high beams
are on,this blue light
on theinstrument
panel also will be on.

Windshield Wipers

WIPER To control the wipers, turn the band on the
multifunction lever.

MIST: Turn the band to “MIST” and thenrelease it fora single wipe
cycle. For more cycles, hold the band on MIST longer.

100

,

7

LO or HI: Turn the band towardyou to either LO (low speed) or toHI
(high speed), depending on
the wiper speedyou want.

DELAY With this you can setthe wiper speed for a long or short
delay
between wipes. Move the band toON for long delays and the closer you
get to LO the shorter thedelay.
OFI? To turn the wipersoff, turn the band to
OFF.

A

CAUTION:

Damaged wiper blades may prevent you from seeing well enough
to drive safely. To avoid damage, be sure to clearice and snow
from the wiper blades before using them. If they're frozen to the
windshield, carefully loosen or thaw them. If your bladesdo
become damaged, get new blades or blade inserts.

--

-

Heavy snow or ice can overloadyour wipers. A circuit breaker will stop
them untilthe motorcools. Clear away snowor ice to prevent an
overload.

Windshield Washer
To wash your
windshield push the
paddle labeled PUSH,
then release it. After
washing the windshield
the wipers will stop,
unless you were using
your wipers. If you
were, the wipers will
resume
wiper
speed you were using.
For more washer
cycles push andhold
the paddle.

-

L_

-

1111

the

_
I

101

Washer Fluid Low Light If this light comes on,
when your wipers are
turned on, it means
you’re lowon washer
fluid.

-

A
I

CAUTION:

Driving without washer fluid canbe dangerous. A bad mud
splash
canblock your vision. You could hit anothervehicle or
go off the road.Check your washer fluid
level often.
In freezing weather, don’t use your washer untilthe
windshield is warmed. Otherwise the washer fluid can form
ice on the windshield,blocking your vision.

CRUISE CONTROL

With Cruise Control, you can maintain a speed of about 25 mph (40
km/h) or morewithout keeping your foot onthe accelerator. This can
really help on long trips. Cruise Control does notwork at speeds below
about 25 rnph (40 km/h).
When you apply your brakes, the Cruise Control shutsoff.

A CAUTION:
Cruise Control canbe dangerous where you can’t drive safely
at a steady speed. So, don’t use your Cruise Controlon
winding roads orin heavy traffic.
0

Cruise Control canbe dangerous on slippery roads. On such
roads, fast changes in tire traction can cause
needless wheel
spinning, andyou could lose control. Don’t use Cruise
Control on slippery roads.

103

I

I

To Set Cruise Control

Move the Cruise Controlswitch to “ON.”

-

A CAUTION:
I

If you leave yourCruise Control switch on when
you’re not
using Cruise, you might hit a button andgo into Cruise when
you don’t want to. You could be startled and even lose control.
Keep the Cruise Control switch “OFF” until you want to use it.

6

I

Get up to the speedyou want.

r
1

U

104

0
n

r

I

0

Push in the set
button at the end
of
the lever and
release it. (The
“CRUISE” light on
the instrument
panel will come
on.)

Take your foot off the accelerator pedal.

To Resume a Set Speed

“./A”

Suppose you set your Cruise Control at adesired speed and thenyou
apply the brake.This, of course, shutsoff the Cruise Control. But you
don’t need to reset it. Onceyou’re going about 25 mph (40 kmih) or
more, you can move the Cruise Control switch from “ON” to
(ResumeiAccelerate) for about half a second.

You’ll go right back up to your chosen speed andstay there.

105

1
I
I

/i\

I

CAU 1ION:

you hold the switch at “R/A” longer than half a second, the
vehicle will keep going faster until you release the switch or
-,ply the brake. You could be startled and even lose control. So
unless ynll v n t to go faster, don’t hold the switch at “R/A.”

To Increase Speed While Using Cruise Control
There aretwo ways to go to a higher speed. Here’sthe first:
1. Use the accelerator pedal to get to the higher speed.

2. Push the button at the end
of the lever, then release the button and
the accelerator pedal. You’ll now cruise at thehigher speed.
Here’s the second way to go to a higher speed:
Move the Cruise switch from “ON” to “R/A.”Hold it there until you
get up to thespeed you want, and then release the
switch.

To increase your speed in very small amounts, move the switch to
“R/A” for less than half a second and then releaseit. Each time you do
this, your vehicle will go
about 1rnph (1.6 km/h) faster.

---

To Reduce Speed While Using Cruise Control
There aretwo ways to reduceyour speed while using cruise control:
Push in the button at the end
of the lever until you reach the lower
speed you want, then release it.

To slow down in very small amounts, push the button for less than half
a second. Each time you do this,you’ll go 1mph (1.6 km/h) slower.

Passing Another Ehicle While Using Cruise Control
Use theaccelerator pedalto increase your speed. Whenyou take your
foot off the pedal, your vehicle will slow downto theCruise Control
speed you set earlier.

106

c-T

Lul

Using Cruise Control on Hills
FQ

How well your Cruise Controlwill work on hills depends uponyour
speed, load,and the steepness of the hills. When going up steephills, you
may have to step on the
accelerator pedal to maintain your speed. When
going downhill, you may have to brake orshift to a lower gear to keep
your speed down. Of course, applying the brake takesyou out of Cruise
Control. Many drivers find this to be toomuch trouble and don'tuse
Cruise Control on steephills.

To Get Out of Cruise Control
There aretwo ways to turn off the Cruise Control:
Step lightly on the
brake pedal

OR

i

Move the Cruise
switch to “OFF.”
(The “CRUISE”
light will go out.)

~

~.

.

.
-

:

To Erase Speed Memory
When you turn off the Cruise Control or the igni
tion, yourCruise
Control set speedmemory is erased.

LIGHTS
I

You’ll find the control
here.

It controls these light systems:

-:.

e Headlights

Taillights
g

_

ParkingLights
License Lights
~

0

-

SidemarkerLights
Instrument Panel Lights
InteriorCourtesy Lights

Here’s how your light systems work:

Headlight “On” Warning

-

If the manuallight switch isleft on (as when someone has parked your
car), you’ll hear awarning tone when you turn off the ignition and open
the driver’s door.

Power Drain Protection
*-

-

When theignition is off and the interiorlights or underhood light are
accidentally left on, theywill automatically shutoff after after 10 minutes.
This protectsyou from apossible dead battery.To turn power back on,
lift up onthe outside door handleor turn the ignition to theRUN
position.

Twilight Sentinel
Your Cadillac has this, the control is behind the headlight knob.

‘
1

-.
1

r
1

It switches your lights on and off by sensing how dark it is outside.

To operate it, leave the light switch off and move the Twilight Sentinel
control to any position but “OFE”
If you movethe control all the way to MAX, your lights will stay on about
3 minutes afteryou turn off your engine. If you movethe control almost
all the way in the otherdirection, so it’s just on, the lights will go off
quickly when you turn off your engine.

U

I

Retained Accessory Power
When you stop your Cadillac and turn theignition to OFF, you can use
these accessories for 10 more minutes.
Radio
Powerwindows

Astro roof
Windshield wipers

Trunk release

When you open a door, everything will go off. And, after 10 minutes
everything will go off also.
If you want power for another 10 minutes, just turn thekey to RUN and
back to OFF.

1

Please don’t cover the
light sensor.
.-

If you cover the sensor, it will sense that is is dark outside andyour lights
will come on.
__

--

Cornering Lights
If your exterior lights are on, the
cornering lights will come onwhen you
signal a turn. This will provide more light for corneringwhen its dark.

Underhood Light
~

__

Your vehicle has aDelay Interior Lighting System (DIL). This system
controls power to the underhoodlight. Just pull up on the door handle
with the hood raised and the lamp will light for about10 minutes. Every
time the door handleis pulled up the light will stay on another 10
minutes. The light will go off when you close the hood.

Daytime Running Lights (Canada Only)
__

The Canadian Federal Government has decided that “Daytime
Running
Lights” (DRL) area useful feature, in that DRLcan makeyour vehicle
more visible to pedestrians and other drivers during daylight hours. DRL
are required on new vehicles sold in Canada.

Your DRL work with a light sensor on top of the instrument panel. Don’t
cover it up.

111

The high beam headlights will come on at reduced brightness in daylight
when:
The ignition is on
The headlight switch is off, and
The transmission is not in “P” (Park).
At dusk, the DRLwill switch offand theexterior lights will come on
automatically. At dawn, the exterior lights will go out and the high beams
will change to the reduced brightness of DRL (if the headlight switch is
off).

Of course, you may still turn on theheadlights any time you need to.

W

To idle your vehicle withthe DRLoff, shift the transmission into “P”
(Park), turn the ignition OFF, and then restartyour engine. The DRLwill
stay off until you shift out of “P” (Park).

c d .

Reading Lights

n

-.

’

Here’s where you turn them on:

!

c1

112

1

--+.

Lamp Monitors
The frontlamp
monitors show that
your headlamps,
highbeams and turn
signals are working.

-.

The rear lamp
monitors show that
your taillights are
working.

113

MIRRORS

r

Inside DaylNight Rearview Mirror

1y

To reduce glare from lights behind you, move the lever like this:

r
I

L-4

U

n

1;

Automatic

U

Your Cadillac may
have the optional
automatic
electrochromic
rearview mirror.

During the daylight it’s like the standard mirror.But at night the system
goes to work.

114

-

During the day the mirror reflects all the light from behind your car. At
night, when the glare is too high, it darkens toreflect only part of the light
behind you. When themirror darkens, it holds that position until the
glare is no longer present.

R_

Settings
__

--

Your automatic rearview mirror has different positions for light
sensitivity. At the “MAX” setting, bright headlights far away willcause
the mirror to gradually darken. Thisis a good setting for ruraldriving. At
the “MIN” setting, bright headlights have to be rather close for the
mirror to darken.This is a good setting forcity driving.

Reverse Gear Day Mode
~

__

The reverse modeis another important featureof the automatic mirror.
When the shift lever is placed in “ R ’ (Reverse), the mirror changes to the
daytime mode for a bright image in the mirror as you back up.

off
Turn the switch to
“OFF”when you want
the mirror to stay in
the day mode.

115

Cleaning Photocells

r
c1

Use a cotton swab and glass cleaner toclean the front and rear photocells
that make the mirror work.

L

i

Outside Mirrors
Your Cadillac has electric mirror controls.
Rotate theknob to
choose either the left
or right mirror. Then
move the knob to
adjust the mirror.

-

<

U

- Convex Outside Mirror
Your right side mirroris convex.
_
1

-

A convex mirror’s surface is curved so you can seemore from the driver’s
seat.

1 A CAUTION:
If you aren’t used to a convex mirror, you can hit another
vehicle. A convex mirror canmake things(like other vehicles)
look farther away than they really are. If you cut too sharply
into the right lane,
you could hit a vehicle on yourright. Check
your insidemirror orglance over your shoulderbefore changing
lanes.

Front Seat Illuminated VanityMirrors
To use one, turn the
sunshade down. Then
lift the cover up to see
the mirror. The switch
makes the light
brighter.

I

Rear Seat VanityMirrors
__

The Fleetwood Brougham has these unless you have an astroroof. Press
the button tobring a mirror down. The switch makes the light brighter.

117

ASTROROOF

_.

If you have this option, the switch is here:

If you have this option, you have a safety glass panel and a sunshade.
With the handle, you can slide your sunshade openor closed. When your
ignition is in Run, move the switch toward the rearof the car to openthe
roof. To close it, move the switch toward the front of your car. Once the
roof is closed, you can let go of the switch and thenpush the frontof it
again. This opens theroof at the rear to a vent position.

T W L E R TOWING PACKAGE (OPTION)
If your Fleetwood is equipped with this package, you can increase your
vehicle's trailer towing capability to 7,000 pounds (3175kg). This package
includes atrailering harness, heavy-duty engine andtransmission cooling,
and heavy-duty radiator. Also included are heavy-duty front and rear
springs, 3.73:l rear axle ratio and P235/70R15 ALZ whitewall tires.

7

'

7

n

P-

ASHTMYS
Front CenterAshtray
Here’s how to take it out for
cleaning:

Lift it out by pulling on thesnuffer.
0

If it won’t come out, reach underthe drawer and push up on the
ashtray bowl and remove it.

119

Other Ashtrays
Here's how to remove them:

a

.

.

-

I

NOTICE:.
Do& -putpapers or t,Lller flfrlllmable things into your ashtray
Hot cigarettes or other SII- -%ngmaterial
causing a damaging fire.
.

LJ

.

C I G m T T E LIGHTER
It's near the ashtray. To use a lighter, just push it all the way in. When it's
ready, it will pop back by itself.

I

heating, it won't be able to back away from the heating element
ken it's ready. That can
and the heating element.

n

120

- ASSIST HIAlvDLES
r

1
A folding handle over
each rear door and the
front passenger’s door
can be used when
getting out of your
vehicle.

GARAGE DOOR OPENER (OPTION)
This optionallows you
to open up to three
garage doors.The
transmitter unitfits
into the overhead

--

Your Cadillac dealer cantell you about the handheld power pack unit
and the installation you’ll need at home to make
this work.

121

FRONT STORAGEARMREST
The armrest between
the front seats opens
into a storage area.To
open it,press the lever
cupholder which can
be rotated outward for
use with the cover
closed. Inside you will
nd acoin holder
-%cassetteandCD

Reur Storage Armrest
The rear seat
armrest
opens into a storage
area with a dual cup
holder. Just push on
the frontof the
armrest to access this
feature.

FLOOR MMTS
Your Cadillac is equipped with rubber-backed frontand rear floormats.
Keep floor matsvacuumed and use a spot cleaner, if necessary. Do not
machine wash.

122

THE INSTRUMENTPANEL: YOUR
I N F O W T I O N SYSTEM

Your instrument panel is designed to let you know at a glance how your
Cadillac is running. You’ll know howfast you’re going, how much fuel
you’re using, and many of other things you’ll need toknow to drive safely
and economically.

EnglishlMetric Button

1

You can change from
English (miles) to
metric (kilometers)by
pushing this button.

The same button also makes other readings (like temperature, fuel and
odometer) go between English and metric.

n
‘

I

a

Speedometer and Qdometer
Your speedometer lets you see your speed in both miles per hour (mph)
and kilometers per hour (kmih). Your odometer shows howfar your
vehicle has been driven, in either miles (used in the U.S.) or kilometers
(used in Canada).

Trip Qdometer

‘

You can tell how far you’ve gone since you lastset it back to zero. To
reset, push the button.

I

w

n

r

L

ODOMETER
Your Cadillac Brougham has a “tamper-resistant odometer.”If your
odometer displays ERROR, someone has tampered with it.
You may wonder what happens if a car has to have a new odometer
installed. The new speedometer has to be programmed with the correct
mileage as the old one. If it can’t be, then it is set at zero, buta label on
the driver’s door must show the old reading and when the new one was
installed.

124

r

W m I N G AND INDICATOR LIGHTS
This section describes the warning lights that are onyour vehicle. The
pictures will help you locate them.
Warning lights can signal that something is wrong before it becomes
serious enoughto cause anexpensive repair or replacement. Paying
attention toyour warning lights could also save you or othersfrom injury.
Warning lights go on when there may be oris a problem with one of your
vehicle’s functions. As you will see in the details on thenext few pages,
some warning lights come on briefly when you turn theignition key just to
let you know they’re working. If you are familiar with this section, you
should notbe alarmed when this happens.
When one of the warning lights comes on and stays on when you are
driving, check the section that tells you what to do aboutit. Please follow
the manual’s advice. Waiting to dorepairs can be costly -- and even
dangerous. So please get to know your warning lights. They’re a big help.

Brake System WarningLight
Your Cadillac’s hydraulicbrake system is divided into two parts. If one
part isn’t working,the other partcan still workand stopyou. For good
braking, though, you need both partsworking well.

If the warning light
goes on, therecould be
a brake problem. Have
your brake system
inspected right away.

I
_

This light should come on asyou start thevehicle. If it doesn’t come on
then, have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there’s a problem.

125

- I
This light will also come on when you set your parking brake, andwill
stay on if your parking brake doesn’t release fully. If it stayson after your
parking brake is fully released, it meansyou have a brake problem. If the
light comes on while driving,pull off the road and stopcarefully. You may
notice that thepedal is harder to push. Or, thepedal may go closer to the
floor. It may take longer to stop. If the light is stillon, have the vehicle
towed for service. (See “Towing Your Cadillac” in the Index.)

A CAUTION:
Your brake systemmay not be working properly if the brake
warning light is on. Driving with the brake warninglight on can
lead to an accident. If the light is still on afteryou’ve pulled off
the road and stopped carefully, have the vehicle towed for
service.

~

,_.

h

&

Anti-Lock Brake System WarningLight

ANTI

If the light doesn’t
come on, have it fixed
so it will be ready to
warn you if there is a
problem.

(

I
n
4

.,

w

126

*_*

Traction Control System Lights
Traction Engaged
light willgo on as
1 This
a bulb check when

TRACTION
ENGAGED

you start your engine.
It will also come on
when the traction
control system is
active.

Traction Disabled
This light will come
on when you first start
your vehicle or when
you turn off the
system. If it ever
comes on and stays
on, it means that your
traction control
system isnot working,
and you should have
it serviced as soon as
possible.
These lights are deleted onCoach Builder limousines and funeralcoach
packages.

A CAUTION:
If you let your tires spinat high speed when the “Ikaction
Disabled” light comes on, your tires canexplode and you or
others could be injured. And, spinning your tires with this light
on can cause the automatic transmission overheat
to
or can
cause other problems that
could cause an engine fire or other
damage. When you’re stuck, spin thewheels as little as possible.
If your vehicle is stuck,don’t spin thewheels above35 mph (55
h/h)a
1 on the speedometer.

P

L

4.

Engine Coolant Temperature Warning
Light

h

T

This light tellsyou that
your engine coolant has
overheated. If you have
been operatingyour
vehicle under normal
driving conditions, you
should pull off the
road, stopyour vehicle
and turn theengine off
as soon aspossible.

u
c

128

HOT COOLANT CAN BURN YOU BADLY!
In “Problems on the Road,’’ this manualshows what to do. See “Engine
Overheating” in the Index.

1

1I

LNl P r e r e Light
This light tells you if
there couldbea
i+gg&dea
with your
engine oilpressure.

i

I

Don’t keep driving if theoil pressure is low. If you do, your
engine can become so hot that it catches fire. You or others
could be burned. Check your oil
as soon as possible
and have
your

e
-

~-...

129

I’
I

i

Charge Light
When you turn thekey
to “Run”or “Start”,
this light will come on
briefly, to show that
your alternator and
battery charging
systems are working.

--

--m

If a light stays on, you need service, and you should take your Cadillac to
the dealer at once. To save your battery until you get there, turn off all
accessories, and setyour Electronic Climate Controlsystem to “OFE’‘

Low Oil Level Light
This light should come
on while youare
starting:vour engine.

130

LI

If it doesn’t come on,have it repaired. If the light comes on and stays on,
your engine oil level istoo low. Check your oil level and add enoughoil
to bring the engine oil level up to theproper level. See “Engine Oil”in
the Index.

Change Oil Light

r

H

E

This light will come on
for .a fewseconds as
you first startyour
engine. The light will
also come onfollowing
engine startup for 20
seconds when the
engine oil needs
changing.

See “OilLife Indicator” in the Index.

Door Ajar Light (Option)
This light will come on
if a door is not
completely closed.

r

Brake To S h i !Light

BRAKE

This lightwill come on
to remind you that you
must press the brake
pedal to shift out of
“P” (Park).

p7

c
<

U

Trunk Ajar Light

-1

This light will come on
if your trunk is not
closed.

AJAR

n

-

U

n
Ld

132

r

r

Cruise EngagedLight
This light will come on
when your cruise
control is set to a
selected speed.

Low Coolant WarningLight

--

- .

If the coolant level in the radiator is low by 3 quarts (2.8 L) or more this
light will come on. The light will stay on until you add coolant.
Continuing to drive your vehicle withthe “Low Coolant” warning light
on, may result in damage to your engine.
See “Engine Coolant”in the Index and have your vehicle serviced as soon
as you can.

,. ~.
.

This light will come onwhen the ignition is on, but the engine is not
running, as a check. It doesn’t have to be fixed right away.

1

Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Service EngineSoon
Light)

A computer monitors operationof your fuel, ignition and emission
control systems. This light should come on when the ignition is on, but
the engine is not running, as a check to show you it is working.If it does
not come on at all, have it fixed right away. If it stays on, or it comes on
while you are driving, the computeris indicating that you have aproblem.
You should takeyour vehicle infor service soon.

t
d,

~~

NOTICE:
If you keep driv
the emission controls won’t work as well, your fuel economy
won’t be as good and your engine maynot run as smoothly. This
could leadto costly repairs not coveredby your warranty.

T

L

~

134

I

Pass Key Fault Light
r

I

If this light comes on
while driving and stays
on, you will be able to
restart yourvehicle. If
you turn it off, your
vehicle will not be
protected by the
PASS-Key I1 TM feature.
Have it serviced by
your Cadillac
dealership.

ELECTRONIC LEVEL CONTROL
This keepsyour car
level. When thesystem
is adjusting, the
“LEVEL RIDE’’ light
will be on. If the light
comes on andoff while
driving, that’s normal.

The ignition has to be“ON” for thelevel control to work.

~...
.-

If the light stays on for7 minutes, it warns that your leveling system may
not be working. You should see your dealer forservice. You can keep
using your Cadillac, though.

135

i

FUEL GAGE
Your fuel gage shows
about how much fuel is
in your tank.

f II

I

It works only when the ignition is in the “RUN”position. The 17 bar
segments show the fuel remaining in your tank.

.

3, I

When only one barsegment still islit, the “LOW FUEC’ light will go on.
If the fuel supply gets critically low, none of the barsegments will be lit
and the“LOW FUEC’ will flash. You should get fuelimmediately.
Here area few concerns some owners have had about the fuel gage. All
these situationsare normal and indicate nothing wrong withthe fuel
gage.
The pump at thegas station shutsoff before the fuel gage reads “F”.
It takes more (or less) gas to fill up than thegage said. For example,
the gage said “l/Y,but it took more or less than half the tank capacity
to fill it.

I

The gage changes when you turn (or stop,or speed up)
1

OIL LIFE INDICATOR
Your Cadillac has anOil Life Indicator feature.This tells you when you
need tochange your engine oil. It’s based upon theengine oil
temperatures andyour driving patterns.
The “CHANGE OIE’ light will come on for
a few seconds as a bulb check
when you start your engine. The system probably will say
to change the oil

- 1

.-

n

-

136

I

1

between 3000 miles (5000 km)and 7500 miles (12500 km), butit may
even say to change it before 3000 miles under severeconditions. It all
depends on yourdriving patterns. (If it doesn’t, or if it doesn’t even light
up, then somethingis wrong. You will need tohave it serviced.)
There aretwo things the system won’tdo: It can’t sense heavy dust in the
places where you drive. If you drive in a dusty area, you should change
your oil every3000 miles (5000 krn) or 3 months (whichever comes first),
unless the “CHANGE OIL? light comes on sooner.
It doesn’t check how much oil youhave so you will still have to check for
that. To check it, seethe Index under “EngineOil.”

When You’ve Changed the Oil
When new oil isput in, you’llneed to reset your
system. To do that, turn
the ignition switch to the “ON” position with the engine stopped.Fully
3 times within 5 seconds.
depress and release the accelerator pedal
If the “CHANGEO K ’ light comes on and stays on for5 seconds, it did
not reset.You’ll need to reset the
system again.

137

I

n

COMFORT CONTROLS AND AUDIO SYSTEMS
In this section you'll find out how to operate thecomfort control systems
and audio systems offered with your Cadillac.

YOUR C I I L L A C M R SYSTEM
This parttells you howto make your Electronic Climate Control (ECC)
work for you.

Outside Air

n

' <

Outside airalways flowsthrough your Cadillac when the car is moving.
Even if the car is not moving, youcan always get outsideair to flow
through by selecting.any air choice (except the rearwindow defogger).
The Electronic Climate Control System may automaticallyrecirculate the
inside air of your vehicle, to provide maximum air conditioning . During
recirculation, a louder blower noise may be hearduntil the system returns
to outside air.

u

_.

tl

Air Outlets

t

I'

L

The air outlets are
located in the center
and each side of the
instrument panel.You
can adjust the direction
of air flow by moving
the control levers. The
lever at thebottom of
the air outlet opens or
stops the air flow from
that outlet.

138

n

14

1
U

1

ELECTRONIC C L I M T E CONTROL

With this system youcan controlthe ventilation, heating and air
conditioning in your vehicle automatically by setting the desired
temperature. Thedigital screen displays the outside temperature, the
inside temperature setting, fan speed, andthe ECCselection you have
selected.

OUT TEMP (Outside Temperature)
Push this to get the outside temperature.Push it again to return to the
regular system display.

TEMP (Inside Temperature)
--.

-

Sets the interior temperature you want. Press the lower portion (blue
arrow) to lower the inside temperature setting. Press the upperportion
(red arrow) to raise the temperaturesetting. Once you set the
temperature, thesystem will automatically maintain the set temperature.

You can changethe temperaturefrom 65 " F (18 " C) to 85 " F (29' C), one
degree ata time. You may also choose 60 " F (16 " C), for maximum
cooling, and 90°F (33" C), formaximum heating, the fanwill stay on high
- speed unless you select a different speed. In maximum heating most of
the air will flow out the heaterducts. In maximum cooling, the system will
recirculate the air inside your vehicle instead of pulling air from outside.

OFF
Nothing is on, but air will flow through your Cadillac if the the caris
moving. The air flow willbe felt through the heaterducts.

ECON
Use this in cold or cool weather to save fuel. It won’t cool or remove
humidity from the air. However, the system will tryto keep theair at the
chosen temperature.
If it’s so warm outside that you need to cool the air, use the next choice.

AUTO
With this setting the system automatically controls the temperature,air
distribution and fan speeds. In cold conditions the thefan well not come
on untilthe system senses that theengine has started towarm up. This
prevents cold air fromblowing on you and your occupants.

f

n

LI.

n
-

1

- i

The fan speedis controlled automatically if you have the Electronic
Climate Control set on“AUTO.” However, if you want the fan to run at a
lower speed, push the lower portion of the fan switch.

If you want the blower to run at a fixed higher speed, push the upper
portion of the fan switch until you see “HI” on the display.
If you want the fan to run at a fixed low speed, push the switch until“L0”
is shown on the display.
If you want the fan speedto be automatic but
you like the fan to be
higher or lower than the“AUTO” settings, just push the switch until
either“ HI AUTO” or“AUTO LO” is displayed.
If the Fahrenheit(F”) or Celsius (C”) symbol begins to flash, or flashes
when you turn on theignition, it indicates an electrical problem with your

P-

L

,

I

r

air conditioning system. The flashing will continue for abouttwo minutes.
It meansyou should have your system serviced.

Defroster
To get fog or ice off the
windshield, push the
Defroster button.

The fan speedwill work automatically or you can choose another fan
speed if you want.
It will help a lot if you first clear any ice and snow from the hood and the
air inlet(it’s between the hood and the windshield).

- Electronic Solar Sensor

The Electronic Solar Sensor is part of the Electronic Climate Control
sun’s solar radiation by telling
System (ECC). The sensor monitors the
the ECC system at what intensity the sun is. The ECCuses this
information to automatically make the necessary temperature
adjustments. The sensor is located in the defroster grille.

Rear Window Defogger
To get fog or ice off the
rear window, push the
Rear Defogger button.

n

.n
-

- I
With it, your rear window and bothoutside rearview mirrors are warmed.
To turn it off, push the buttonagain. After 10 minutes, it will go off by
itself. To make it go longer, just push the buttonagain.

SOUND SYSTEMS
Your Delco soundsystem has been designed to operateeasily and give
years of listening pleasure. You will get the most enjoyment out of it if
you acquaint yourself with it first. Find out what your Delco system can
do and how to operate all its controls, to be sureyou’re getting the most
out of the advanced engineering that went into it.

-

7.

i

1
t

d

142

r

A CAUTION:
Hearing damage fromloud noise is almost undetectableuntil it
is too late. Your hearing can adaptto highervolumes of sound.
Sound that seems normal canbe loud and harmfulto your
hearing. Take precautions by adjusting thevolume control on
your radio to a safe soundlevel before your hearing adapts toit.
'

1

help avoid hearing loss ordamage:
Adjust the volume control to the lowest setting.
Increase volume slowly until you hear comfortably and
clearly.

I

So, before adding sound equipment,check with your dealer and

FM Stereo
FM stereo will give you the best sound, butFM signals will reach only
about 10 to 40 miles (16 to 65 km). Tall buildings or hills can interfere
with FM signals, causing the sound to come and go

- --

..

I

AM
The range formost AM stations is greater than for FM,
especially at
night. The longer range, however, can cause stations to interfere with
each other. AMcan pick up noise from things like storms and power
lines.

n
‘

€

1

U

’

Dolby@
This feature automatically removes noise on Dolby encoded tapes (no
button is required).

AM Stereo
This means the Delco@
system can receive C-QUAM@ stereo
broadcasts.
Many AM stations aroundthe country use C-QUAM@to produce stereo,
though some do not. (C-QUAM@
is a registered trademark of Motorola,
Inc.) If your Delco@system can get C-QUAM@,
your “ST” light will
come on when you’re receivingit.

a

n

*Dolby@is a registered trademark of Dolby Laboratories.

This means that your sound system can produce quality AM sound
comparable to FM stereo.
AMAX@ reducesnoise without reducing the
high frequencies you need for the best sound. ,In addition
to improved
sound quality,
includes more stationson the AM band.
You
don’t have to do anything in your radio because AMAX@is automatic.
*Dolby@is a registered trademark of Dolby Laboratories.
A

M

A

X

@

n

%rI

n

1 1 1
144

-.-.-

How To Operate Your Sound System
Your Cadillac will have one of these Delco RadioSystems.

r

Please read the following to operate the radio portion
of your Delco
radio system.

145

e

The upper knob

n

The upperknob does these fourthings:

i9

It turns theradio on and off.

n

It controls the volume.
Volume level automatically adjusts to compensate for road andwind
noise as your driving your Cadillac. Adjust the volume to the listening
level you want at any time. Then asyou drive the volume will change
to match thenoise present at any particular speed.The volume should
always sound close to the samelevel to you as you drive.
It lets you see what station you have. (When the radio is on, push the
knob to display the station.)
It tells you the time. (When the ignition is off, push the upper knob to
display the time.)
Behind the upperknob is a balance control. It moves the sound between
the left and right speakers.

U

r

'k

7

1.

>

f--u

The lower knob
Turn the lower knob to choose radio stations. Push the knob to switch
from AM to FM.
The control behind the lower knob moves the sound between your front
and rear speakers.

SCAN

'I

i

n
I

When you pash this switch either up ordown, the SCAN indicator in the
display willlight and the radio will find the next station and stay there for
5 to 10 seconds. Then it will go to thenext station andpause, and keep
doing that. When you want it to stop, just push either the SCAN switch
again or
knob.

2,
I

I

SEEK
This switch chooses stations, butit doesn't keep moving as SCAN does.
When you push SEEK up ordown, the radiowill automatically go to the
next strongest station andstay there.

146

_a

PUSH BUTTONS
,
r

You can set thepush
buttons toget upto
ten favorite stations
(Five on AMand five
on FM.) Just:

0

Choose either AM or FM.

0

Tune in the station.

0

Push the SET button.

0

Within 5 seconds, push one of the five push buttons.

0

Repeat thesesteps for eachof the five push buttons.

PRESET EQUALIZATION
The Preset Equalization buttons let
you adjust the tone, to sound just the
way you want it. Eachindividual auto-equalization button (A through E)
contains aseparate equalization adjustmentfeature.
-~-

c _

When your vehicle is new, the auto-equalization is already preset with
mid-range tone. PresetB
Preset A having more bass and treble tone than
has morebass than treble and mid-range tone. Preset C has
overall
an flat
response in sound. PresetD has more treble thanbass and mid-range,
and Preset E has more mid-range sound than bass and treble. These
preset settings can be
modified individually for AM,FM, cassette orCD
Play-

Follow these stepsto modify each of the Preset Auto-equalization
buttons.
First, select one of the Preset Equalization buttons.

SEEK

c

I

J
(3) (2)
EQUALIZATION
PRESET

(1)
1

n

4

l

d

1. Settings Either F (Factory), U (User) or P (Program)
2. Equalization Bands (1 thru 5)

r
I l l

3. Equalization Gain (1 thru 15)

Lj

Press the SET button,and then press and hold the Preset Equalization
button you have selected, until either an“F7’or “U” is displayed
(about 10 seconds).
The display will show either 3 or digits
4
and the preset button “LED”
will flash. In the farthestright position of the display will be an“F”
(for factory setting), orif the equalization has been modified, a “U”
(for user setting).
Press the SCAN switch up or down to select the band you prefer.
The middle digit indicates the equalization band. There arefive bands
60Hz, 250Hz, lkHz, 3.5Hz and lOkHz, numbered 1 through 5
respectively. The band will display band 1when the mode is first entered.
Press the SEEK switch up or down to select the gain setting you want.
The left digit, or two digits are theequalization gain settings (0-15) for
each band. Thedisplay will indicate the active setting (F or U) when
the modeis first entered. A typical setting for a flat response
is 7.
Press the upper radio knob to compare the factory setting to your
setting. Onceyou are satisfied with your selection, press and hold the
4 seconds, the“ Pr” (program)
preset equalization button for about
will display indicating that your selection is programmed.

148

-.

-.

-

I

, '

w

VCJL

rl

TUNE

If you have programmed the preset equalization buttons and set the push
buttons to thestations you've selected, you can preset the five Preset
Equalization buttonsto a particular station. Just:
Tune in a station using one of the preset push buttons.
0

-.

--

--

_.

Push one of the Preset Equalization buttons(A thru E) until you like
the sound.

0

Push the SET button.
Push the same Preset Equalization button you've selected.

0

Push the preset push button again to set the Preset
Equalization tone.

Now each time you push that push button, the Preset Equalizationis set
in memory for that station.

For Example:
Suppose you like classical musicwith a flat sounding tone.
The station has
already been preset to push button 3. Since the flat response is on button
C, you would just:
0 Push the preset push button 3.
0

Push the tone control button C.
Now, push the SET button.

149

b
.

rn
I

r

The tapeequalization is automatically sensed and set. Insertingthe
cassette also automatically disables DNR@* and activates DOLBY
noise reduction.

@

DNR@is the Dynamic Noise Reduction. It helps remove background hiss
noise from the radio.

.-

0

Once the tapeis playing, use the upper and lower knobs to adjust the
volume and balance,just as you do for theradio. Push the upper knob
to change tape direction. The arrows show whichdirection the tapeis
being played.

0

To go forward rapidly to another partof the tapepush FWD. To go
backward, push REV. To stop the tape,push the same button lightly or
radid will play during fast forward or
any of the other buttons. The
reverse.

0

To go from one side of the tape to the other,
push in the upperknob
on your radio. To remove the tape,push EJECT. The tapecan be
ejected when the ignition is turned off.

SCAN

-

Push the SCAN button up to jump
quickly to thenext selection or down
to return to the
beginning of the selection you just heard. The tapewill
play for approximately 15 seconds to sample aselection before going on
to the next selection. To stop the SCAN function, just press it up or down
again or the upperknob. If the selection is at the endof the tape, the tape
will reverse directions andbegin playing at a normal speed.

-.

SEEK
-.-

-

Push the SEEK button up quickly
to
go to thebeginning of the next
selection. Push the SEEK buttondown to go back to thebeginning of the
selection you are listening to.
During theSCAN and SEEKfunctions the radiowill not play.

*DNR@is a registered trademarkof National Semiconductor
Corporation.
151

ST-PLAY (Stop-Play)
Press ST-PLAY to switch back to the radiowithout ejecting the tape. In
ST-PLAY function only the tuning knob can be used for selecting stations.

To Eject A Tape
To remove the tapeonce it is stopped, push EJECT

2

The Delco CassetteAnd Compact Disc Music System
This optional sound system combines an AM/FM stereo radio with a
cassette tape player and a compact disc player in a single unit.

To operate theradio and cassette tape
player portion of this music
system, please readthe beginning of this section, “How To Operate Your
Sound System” and “Your Cassette Tape Player”.

To Play theDisc Player
Before you begin, please note:don’t use the mini-discs that arecalled
“singles” . They won’t eject. Use full-size compact discs only.
Turn the radio on.

a

,

-

U

Insert a disc (label side up) partway into theslot. The player will pull it in.
Wait a few seconds and the disc will play. The DNR@will be disabled and
the display will show Track“ 1TRKCD” for about5 seconds, then “CD”
will show in the display.

1

I

F

If the disc comes back out, check to see if
The disc is upside down.
The disc is dirty, scratched, or wet.
There’s too much moisture in the air. (If there is, wait about one hour
and try again).

I

RCLIPROG (RecalllProgram)
Press once to seewhich track is being played. (It also allows for disc
programming.)
n

152

-

r

e Within 5 seconds press it a second timeto seehow long the disc has

been playing.
e Press it a third timeto see thetime of day.

To Program ’Ikacks
You can program up to10 tracks for your listening pleasure.

1. Press the RCL/PROGknob. “CD” and“TRACK” will light in the
display. This also allows you to program disc track playback.
2. Within 5 seconds, turn the lower TUNE knob to the trackyou want to
hear first. The track numberwill flash.

3. Press the SET button and the
track numberwill stop flashing. This
indicates that thetrack is programmed.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 to program up to 9 more tracks.
5. Press the RCL/PROGknob a second timeto begin playing the first
programmed track.
To cancel the programming mode press RCL/PROG andpress SET If
“ALE is showing on the display, allow 10 seconds to pass. You can also
cancel the programming mode by ejecting the disc.

~

~

Push this switch up or down to go to thebeginning of the next or previous
track. At least 8 seconds must have played for theSEEK function to find
the start of the current track.

SCAN
~

Push this switch up ordown to sample about 15 seconds of the beginning
of each track. Press it again or the upperknob to stop theSCAN
function.
7

Note: If you are in the Program mode,it is possible to modify the
playback order by using the TUNEknob. If you need to review the
SCAN switch. This review can be
- playback order use either the SEEK or
stopped by pushing the SCANswitch.

153

t

REV (Reverse)
Push and hold REV to return rapidly to a favorite passage. Release it to
play the passage. The elapsed time will be displayed to show the reverse
progress of the CD.

r-)

U

FWD (Fast Forward)
Press and hold FWD toadvance quickly within a track. Release it to
resume playing. Elapsed timewill be displayed to show the forward
progress of the CD.
1
I

ST-EJECT (Stop-Eject)

.

L

Press ST-EJECT The disc or tapewill stop without ejecting it and the
radio will start toplay. Press it again and the disc or tape will eject.

PLAY
Press PLAY to restart thedisc or tape. Itwill begin playing at thepoint
where it had stopped. If the CDand cassette tape areinserted at the
same time, pressing the play button will switchbetween CD and the Tape.

COMP (Compression)
Pressing COMP makes soft and loud passages more nearly equal in
volume. For example, playing classicalor jazz music with very
quiet and
very loud passages in the same tune.The COMPdisplay will lightas long
as COMP is on.

E

Setting The Clock
Turn the ignition and radio on. Then:

To Set the Hour:

" I
'

Press SET, and within 5 seconds,
Press and hold SEEK up ordown. When the clock gets to the correct
hour, letgo.

L

r

i

-

/

To Set the Minutes:

r

0

Press SET, and within 5 seconds,

0

Press and hold SCAN up or down. When the clock gets to the correct
minute, let go.

Your clock isset.
C.

Care of Your Cassette Tape Player

A tape player that is not cleanedregularly can cause reduced sound
quality, ruined cassettes, or a damagedmechanism. Cassette tapesshould
be storedin their cases away from contaminants, directsunlight, and
extreme heat.If they aren’t, they may not operateproperly or cause
failure of the tapeplayer.
Your tape player should be cleaned regularly each month or after
every
15 hours of use. If you notice a reductionin sound quality, try a known
good cassette to seeif the tape or the tape
player is at fault. If this other
cassette has no improvement in sound quality, clean the tapeplayer.
Clean your tape player with a wiping-action, non-abrasive cleaning
cassette, andfollow the directions provided with it.

~

Cassettes are subject to wear and the sound quality may degrade over
time. Always make sure that thecassette tape is in good condition before
you have your tape player serviced.

Care of Your Compact Discs
-

Handle discs carefully. Store themin their original cases or other
protective cases and away from directsunlight and dust.If the surface of
a disc is soiled, dampen a clean, soft cloth in a mild, neutral detergent
solution and clean it, wiping from the center to theedge.
Be sure never to touch the signal surface when handling discs. Pickup
discs by grasping the outer edges or the edge of the hole and the outer
edge.

I

7

Power Antenna Mast Care
Your power antenna will look its best and work well if it’s cleaned from
time to time.

155

To Clean the AntennaMast:
1. Turn on theignition and radio to raise the antenna tofull mast
extension.
2. Dampen a clean cloth with mineral spirits or equivalent solvent.

3. Wipe cloth over the mast sections, removing any dirt.
4. Wipe dry with clean cloth before retracting.
5. Make the antennago up and down by turning the radio orignition on
and off.

v
'

I'

- 1

6. Then repeat if necessary.

NOTICE:
Before enterin
mast
makethepower antenna go down. This willpreventthe
from possibly
when you turn the radiooff, it may be damaged or need to be
cleaned. In either case, lowerthe antenna by hand bycareful1
pressing the antenna down.

If the mast portion of your antenna is damaged, you can easily replace it.
See your dealer for a replacement
kit and follow the instructions in the
kit.

-I

d l
-,

U

3

I
.

I

- I
r

LJ
156

YK O !
YOUR DRIVING ANDTHE ROAD

Here you'll find information about driving on differentkinds of roads and
in varyingweather conditions. We've also included many other useful tips
on driving.

ROAD SIGNS

_
.

The roadsigns yousee everywhere are coded by color, shape and
symbols. It's a good idea to know these codesso that you can quickly
grasp the basic meaning or intentof the sign even before you have a
chance to readit.

157

Color of Road Signs
\

'

I

I'

Y

L

Y

WRONG
WAY

I
I

ij

T
I

RED means STOP. It may also indicate that somemovement is not
allowed. Examples are DO NOT ENTERand WRONG WAY.

,! '

W

n

NO
PASSING
ZONE

i7

1

RAILROAD
ADVANCE
CROSSING

NO PASSING
ZONE

- I

r

Y

- 1

NARROW
BRIDGE

YELLOW indicates a general warning.Slowdown and be careful when
you see ayellow sign. It may signala railroadcrossing ahead, a nopassing

c _

-7

158

zone, or some otherpotentially dangerous situation.Likewise, a yellow
solid line painted on the road means
“Don’t Cross.”

Y

LOW
SHOULDER

WORKERS
AHEAD

FLAGGER
AHEAD

ORANGE indicates road constructionor maintenance. You’ll want to
slow down when you see an orangesign, as part of the road may be closed
off or tornup. And there may be workers and maintenancevehicles
around, too.
WEST 1

GREEN is used to guide the driver. Green signs may indicate upcoming
freeway exitsor show the directionyou should turn to reach a particular
place.

159

I
HOSPITAL

INFORMATION

f

BLUE signs with whiteletters show motorists’ services.

P

CANOEING

SWIMMING
cn

BROWN signs point out recreation areasor points of historic or cultural
interest.

Shape of Road Signs
The shapeof the sign will tell you something, too.

160

L

r

A

-

An OCTAGONAL (eight-sided) sign means STOP. It is always red with
white letters.

A DIAMOND-shapedsign isa warning of something ahead-for
example, a curve, steep hill, soft shoulder, or a narrow
bridge.

1YIELD j
L A A

A

A TRIANGLE,pointed downward, indicates YIELD. Itassigns the
right-of-way to traffic on certain approaches to an intersection.

n
I

'

U

A TRIANGULAR sign also is used on two-lane roads to indicate a NO
PASSING ZONE. This sign will be on the left side of the roadway.

ONLY

/
r
KEEP
RIGHT

\

LEFT OR
THROUGH

RIGHT TURN
ONLY

r _

RECTANGULAR (square or oblong) signs showspeed limits, parking
regulations, give directions, and such information as distances to cities.

r

162

__I

Symbols on Road Signs

There aremany international road signs in use today.
The basic message of many of these signs is in pictures or graphic
svmbols. A Dicture within a circle with a diagonalline across it shows
what not to do.

I.

163

TRAFFIC LIGHTS

rL1

r
U

We’re allfamiliar with traffic lights or stoplights. Often greenarrows are
being used in the lights for improved traffic control. On some multilane
roads, green arrows light up, indicating that traffic in one or morelanes
can move or make a turn. Greenarrows don’t mean “go no matter what.”
You’ll still need to proceedwith caution, yielding the right of way to
pedestrians and sometimesto othervehicles.
-

Some traffic lights also use red arrows to signify that you must stop before
turning on red.

REVERSIBLE
LANE ON
M0LTlLANE
ROADWAY

164

Many city roads andexpressways, and even bridges, use reversible-lane
A red X light above a lane means no
traffic control during rush hours.
driving in that lane at that
time. A green arrow means you may drive in
that lane.Look for thesigns posted to warn drivers what hours and days
these systems are in effect.

Pavement markings add to traffic signs and signals. They give information
to drivers without taking attention from theroadway. A solid yellow line
on your side of the road or lane
means “don’tcross.’’

YOUR OWW SIGNALS
Drivers signal to others, too.It’s not only more polite, it’s safer to let
other drivers know what you are doing. And in some places the law
requires driver signals.
Turn and lane change signals. Always signal when you plan to turn or
change lanes.

If necessary, you can use hand signals out thewindow: Left arm straight
out for aleft turn, down for slow or about-to-stop, and up forright
a turn.
Slowing down.If time allows, tap the brakepedal once or twice in
advance of slowing or stopping. This warns the driver behind you.
Disabled. Your four-wayflashers signal that your vehicle is disabled or is
a hazard. See “Hazard
Warning Flashers” in the Index.

165

TRAFFIC OFFICER

7
.
.

The traffic police officer is also a sourceof important information.The
officer’s signalsgovern, no matterwhat the traffic lights or othersigns
say.

I

:

The next section discusses some of the road conditions you may
encounter.

DEFENSIVE DlUVTNG
The best advice anyone can give about driving is: Drive defensively.
Please start with a very important safety device in your Cadillac: Buckle
up. (See “Safety Belts” in the Index.)
Defensive driving reallymeans “be ready for anything.’’ On city streets,
rural roads,or freeways, itmeans “always expect the unexpected.”

n
i
I‘
U

n

!

I,

u

Assume that pedestrians or otherdrivers are going to becareless and
make mistakes. Anticipate what they might do. Be ready for their
mistakes.
Expect children to dash out from behind parked cars, often followed by
other children. Expect occupants in parked cars to open doors into
traffic.
Watch for movement in parked cars -- someone may be about to open a
door.
Expect other drivers to run stopsigns when youare on a through street.
Be ready to brake if necessary as you go through intersections. You may
not have to use the brake, butif you do, you will be ready.
If you’re drivingthrough ashopping center parking lot where there are
well-marked lanes, directional arrows, and designated parking areas,
expect some drivers to ignore all these markings and dash straight toward
one partof the lot.
Pedestrians can be careless. Watch for them. In general,
you must give
way to pedestrians even if you know youhave the right of way.
Rear-end collisions are about themost preventable of accidents. Yet they
are common. Allow enough following distance. It’s the best defensive
driving maneuver, in both city and rural driving. You never know when
the vehicle in front of you is going to brake or turn suddenly.

166

r

r

d

1

Here’s a final bit of information about defensive driving. The most
dangerous time fordriving in the U.S. is very early on Sunday morning. In
fact, GM Research studiesshow that themost and the least dangerous
times for driving, everyweek, fall on thesame day. That day isSunday.
The most dangerous timeis Sunday from 3 a.m. to 4 a.m. The safest time
is Sunday from 10 a.m. to 11a.m. Driving the same distance on a Sunday
than it is at 10 a.m. It’s about
at 3 a.m. isn’t just a little more dangerous
134 times more dangerous!
That leads to thenext section.

DRUNKElN D M N G
Death andinjury associated with drinking and driving isa national
tragedy. It’s the number one contributor to the
highway death toll,
claiming thousands of victims everyyear. Alcohol takes away three things
that anyone needsto drive a vehicle:
Judgment
0

Muscular Coordination
Vision

Police records show that half of all motor vehicle-related deaths involve
alcohol - a driver, a passenger or someoneelse, such as a pedestrian,
had beendrinking. In most cases, these deaths are the
result of someone
who was drinking and driving. Over 25,000 motor vehicle-related deaths
occur each year because of alcohol, and thousandsof people are injured.
Just how much alcohol is too much if a person plansto drive? Ideally, no
one should drink alcohol and thendrive. But if one does, thenwhat’s “too
much”? It can be a lot
less than many might think. Although it depends
on each person and situation,here is some general information on
the
problem.
The Blood Alcohol Content (BAC) of someone who is drinking depends
upon fourthings:
How much alcohol is in the drink.
0

The drinker’s body weight.
The amountof food that is consumed before and duringdrinking.

0

The length of time it has taken the drinker to consume the
alcohol.

0

167

According to theAmerican Medical Association, a 180-pound (82 kg)
person who drinks three 12-ounce (355 ml) bottles of beer in an hour will
end up with a BAC of about 0.06 percent. The person would reach the
same BAC by drinking three 4-ounce (120 ml) glassesof wine or three
mixed drinks if each had 1-1/2 ounces (45 ml) of a liquor like whiskey, gin
or vodka.
It's the amountof alcohol that counts. For example, if the same person
drank three doublemartinis (3 ounces or 90 ml of liquor each) within an
hour, the person'sBAC would be close to 0.12 percent. A person who
consumes food just before or during drinking will have a slightly lower
BAC level.

168

r_

DRINKING THAT WILL
RESULT IN A BAC OF .05%
IN THE TIME SHOWN

r

r

’P

~

rL

6
NUMBER
OF,DR!NKS
(as In plcture)

4

3 HOURS

2 HOURS

1HOUR

3
2
1
100

120

140

160

180

240
220
200

BODY WEIGHT IN POUNDS

The law in most U S . states sets thelegal limit at a BAC of 0.10 percent.
In Canada thelimit is 0.08 percent, and in some othercountries it’s lower
than that. TheBAC will be over 0.10 percent after threeto six drinks (in
one hour).Of course, aswe’ve seen, it depends onhow much alcohol is in
the drinks, and how quicklythe person drinks them.
But it’s veryimportant to keepin mind that the ability to drive is affected
well below aBAC of 0.10 percent. Research shows that thedriving skills
of many people are impaired at a BAC approaching0.05 percent, and
that theeffects are worse at night. All drivers are impaired at BAC levels
above 0.05 percent. Statistics show that thechance of being in an accident
increases sharply for drivers who have a BAC of 0.05 percent orabove. A
driver with a BAC level of 0.06 percent (three beersin one hour fora
180-pound or 82 kg person) has doubled his or her chanceof having an
accident. At a BAC levelof 0.10 percent, the chance of that driver having
an accident is six times greater; ata level of 0.15 percent, thechances are
twenty-five times greater! And, thebody takes about an hour torid itself
of the alcohol in one drink. No amount of coffee or number of cold
showers will speed that up.

169

“I’llbe careful’’ isn’tthe right answer. What if there’s an emergency, a
need to take sudden action,as when a child darts into the street?
A
person with a higher BAC might not beable to react quickly enough to
avoid the collision.

11

d

There’s something else about drinking and driving that many people
don’t know. Medical research shows that alcohol in a person’s systemcan
make crash injuries worse. That’s especially true for brain,spinal cord
and heart injuries. That means thatif anyone who has been drinking -driver or passenger -- is in a crash, the chanceof being killed or
permanently disabled is higher than if that personhad not been drinking.
And we’ve already seen that the chanceof a crash itself is higher for
drinking drivers.

A CAUTION:
Drinking and then driving isvery dangerous. Your reflexes,
perceptions, and judgmentwill be affectedby even a small
amount of alcohol. You could have a serious -- or even fatal -accident if you drive after drinking. Pleasedon’t drink anddrive
or ridewith a driver who has been drinking. Ride home in acab;
or if you’re with a group, designate a driver
who will not drink.

I

CONTROL OF A VEHICLE
You have three systems that makeyour vehicle gowhere you want it to
go. They are thebrakes, the steeringand the accelerator. All three
systems have to dotheir work at theplaces where the tires meetthe road.

170

a
,

’

d

Sometimes, as when you’re driving on snow or ice, it’s easyto ask more of
those controlsystems than the tires and road can provide. That means
you can lose controlof your vehicle.

B W N G
Braking actioninvolves perception time and reaction time.
First, you have to decide to push on thebrake pedal. That’s perception
time.
time. Then you have to bring up your foot and do it. That’s reaction
Average reaction time is about 3/4 of a second.But that’s only an
average. It might be less with one driver and as long as two or three
seconds or morewith another. Age, physical condition, alertness,
coordination, and eyesight all play a part.So do alcohol, drugs and
frustration. But even in 3/4 of a second, avehicle moving at 60 mph (100
km/h) travels 66 feet (20 m). That could be alot of distance in an
emergency, so keeping enough space between
your vehicle and othersis
important.
And, of course, actual stoppingdistances vary greatly with the surfaceof
the road (whether it’s pavement orgravel); the condition of the road
(wet, dry, icy); tire tread; and the condition
of your brakes.

171

Most drivers treat their brakeswith care. Some,however, overwork the
braking system withpoor driving habits.
Avoid needless heavy braking. Some people drive in spurts -- heavy
acceleration followed by heavy braking -- rather thankeeping pace
with traffic. This is a mistake. Your brakes may not have time to cool
between hard stops. Your brakes will wear out much faster if you do a
lot of heavy braking.

n

Don’t “ride” thebrakes by letting your left foot rest lightly on the
brake pedalwhile driving.

1 A CAUTION:
“Riding” your brakes can cause them to overheat to the point
that they won’t work well. You might not be able to stop your
vehicle in time to avoid an accident. If you “ride” your brakes,
they will getso hot they will require a lot of pedal force to slow
you down. Avoid“riding” the brakes.

172

I.

.

il

L

If you keep pacewith the traffic and allow realistic following distances,
you will eliminate a lotof unnecessary braking. That means better
braking and longer brake life.
If your engine ever stops while you’re driving, brake normally but
don’t pump your brakes. If you do, the pedal may get harder topush
down. If your engine stops,you will still havesome power brake assist.
But you will use it when you brake. Once thepower assist isused up, it
may take longer to stop and the brake pedal
will be harder topush.

Anti-Lock Brakes (ABS)
This feature is deleted on CoachBuilder limousines and funeralcoach
packages.
Your Cadillac has anadvanced electronic braking system that will help
prevent skidding.
This light on the
instrument panelwill
go on when you start
your vehicle.

Once thevehicle speed reaches about5 mph (8 km/h), you may hear a
momentary motoror clicking noise. And you may even notice that your
brake pedal moves a littlewhile this is goingon. This is the ABS system
testing itself. If there’s a problem with the anti-lock brake system, the
anti-lock brake system warning light will stayon. See“Anti-lock Brake
System WarningLight” inthe Index.

173

c
U

Here’s how anti-lock works. Let’s saythe road is wet. You’re driving
safely. Suddenly an animal jumps out in front of you.
You slam on thebrakes. Here’s what happens with ABS.

A computer senses that wheels are slowing down. The computer
separately works the brakes at each front
wheel and at the rearwheels.
The anti-lock system can change the brake pressure faster than
any driver
could. The computer is programmed to make the most of available tire
and road conditions.

7

u
n

You can steer around theobstacle while braking hard.

-.
L . 4

r

r

As you brake, your computer keeps receiving updates on wheel speed and
controls braking pressure accordingly.

A CAUTION:
Anti-lock doesn’t change the timeyou need to get your foot up to
the brakepedal. If you get too close to the vehicle in frontof
you, you won’thave time to apply your brakes if that vehicle
suddenly slows or stops. Always leave enough room up aheadto
stop, even though you have anti-lock brakes.

To Use Anti-Lock:
--

Don’t pump thebrakes. Just hold the brake pedaldown and letanti-lock
work for you. You may hear the anti-lock pump or motor operate, and
feel the brake pedal pulsate, but
this is normal.

175

Traction Control System

n

u

This feature is deleted
on Coach Builder
limousines and
funeral coach
packages.

I
~

TRACTION
ENGAGED

c
‘

I

W

n

U
I

LrJ

Your vehicle has a traction controlsystem that limits wheel spin. This is
especially useful in slippery road conditions. The traction controlsystem
works at all speeds. Itlimits wheel spin by reducing engine torque by
closing the throttleand applying the rearbrakes. You may feel the system
working, or you may notice somenoise, but this is normal. You may also
feel the accelerator pedalpush back against your foot.

.

.

L

I
~

i

TRACTION
I:

r

1
I

7

L

I
U

The “Traction Control” warning light lets you know when there is a
problem with your traction controlsystem, unless your system isturned
off. When this light is on, you have no automaticwheel spin protection.
Adjust your driving accordingly.If you can’t get the light off after
recycling the ignition, have your car serviced.

I

To limit wheel spin, especially in slippery road conditions, you should
always leave your traction controlsystem on. But you can turn the
traction controlsystem off if you ever need to.

TRACTION
CONTROL
DISABLE
SWITCH

3

-

To turn the system off, press this switch. The “Traction Control” light will
come on andstay on. To turn the traction control
system back on, you
must stop and turnoff the ignition. Then restart the engine. The traction
control system automatically comes on whenever you start your vehicle.

Disc Brake Wear Indicators
Your Cadillac has frontdisc brakes and rear drumbrakes.
--

..

-

Disc brake pads have built-in wear indicators that make a high-pitched
warning sound when the brake padsare worn and new pads are needed.
The sound may come andgo or be heardall the time your vehicle is
moving (except when you are pushing on the brakepedal firmly).

I
I

A CAUTION:
The brake wear warningsound means that sooner or later your
brakes won’t work well. That could
lead to an accident. When
you hear the brake wear warningsound, have your vehicle
serviced.

-

L

IYOTICE:
Continuing to drive with worn-out brake pads
could result in
costly brake repair.

I

1

-

Some driving conditions or climates may cause a brake squealwhen the
brakes are first applied or lightly applied. This does not mean something
is wrong with your brakes.

F

I
c

Rear Drum Brakes
Your rear drumbrakes don’t have wear indicators, but if you ever hear a
rear brakerubbing noise, have the rear brakelinings inspected. Also, the
rear brake drumsshould be removed and inspected each time the tires
are removed for rotationor changing. When you have the front brakes
replaced, have the rear brakesinspected, too.

11

Brake linings should always be replaced as complete axle sets.

Brake Pedal Travel
See your dealer if the brake pedal does not return to normal height, or if
there is a rapid increase in pedal travel. This could be asign of brake
trouble.

c

r

Brake Adjustment
Every time you make a moderate brake stop,
your disc brakes adjust for
wear.
If you rarely make a moderate orheavier stop, thenyour brakes might
not adjustcorrectly. If you drive in that way, then -- very carefully -- make
a few moderate brake stops about every 1000 miles (1600 km), so your
brakes will adjust properly.

If your brake pedalgoes down farther thannormal, your rear drum
brakes may need adjustment.Adjust them by backing up andfirmly
applying the brakes a few times.

,
-

1

- i

7

Braking in Emergencies
Use your anti-lock braking system when you need to.With anti-lock, you
can steer and brake at the
same time. In many emergencies, steering can
help you more thaneven the very best braking.

STEERING
Power Steering
If you lose power steering assist because the engine stops or thesystem
fails to function, you can steer butit will take much more effort.

Steering Tips
Driving on Curves
It’s important to takecurves at a reasonable speed.

A lot of the “driver lost control” accidents mentioned on thenews
happen oncurves. Here’s why:
Experienced driver or beginner, eachof us is subject to the samelaws of
physics when driving on curves. The traction of the tires against the road
surface makesit possible for thevehicle to change its path when you turn
the frontwheels. If there’s no traction, inertiawill keep thevehicle going
in the same direction.If you’ve ever tried to steera vehicle on wet ice,
you’ll understand this.

of your tires
The traction you can getin a curve depends on the condition
and the road surface, the
angle at which the curve is banked, andyour
speed. While you’re in a curve, speed is the one factor you can control.
Suppose you’re steering through a sharpcurve. Then you suddenly
accelerate.
If your traction control system is disabled, those two control systems -steering and acceleration-- can overwhelm those places where the tires
meet the road and make
you lose control.
What should you do if this ever happens? Let upon the accelerator
pedal, steer thevehicle the way you want it to go, and slow down.

179

c
1

Speed limit signsnear curves warn that you should adjust your speed. Of
course, the posted speedsare based on good weather and road
conditions. Under less favorable conditions you’ll want to go slower.

n

c z ;

If you need toreduce your speed as you approach a curve, do it before
you enter thecurve, whileyour front wheels are straight ahead.
Try to adjust your speed so you can “drive” through the curve. Maintain a
reasonable, steady speed. Wait to accelerate until you are outof the
curve, and then accelerategently into thestraightaway.
When you drive into a curve at night, it’s harder to see the road ahead
of
you because it bends away from the straight beamsof your lights.This is
one good reason to drive slower.

n

Steering in Emergencies
There aretimes when steering can bemore effective than braking. For
example, you come over a hill and find a truck stopped in your lane, or a
car suddenly pulls out from nowhere, or a child darts out frombetween
parked cars and stopsright in front of you. You can avoid these problems
by braking -- if you can stop in time. But sometimes you can’t; there isn’t
room. That’s the time for evasive action -- steering around the problem.
Your Cadillac can perform very well inemergencies like these. First apply
your brakes. It is better toremove as much speed as you can froma
possible collision. Then steer around the
problem, to theleft or right
depending on thespace available.

I

,

An emergency like this requires close attention anda quick decision. If
you are holding the steering wheel at therecommended 9 and 3 o’clock
positions, you can turn it a full 180 degrees very quickly without removing ‘
either hand.But you have to act fast, steer quickly, and just as quickly
straighten the wheel once you have avoided the object. You must then be prepared to steerback to your original lane and then braketo a
- 1
controlled stop.

7

i’

Depending onyour speed, this can be ratherviolent for an unprepared
driver. This is one of the reasons driving experts recommend that you use
your safety belts and keep both hands
on the steering wheel.
r
P

180

c

The fact that such emergency situations are always possible is a good
reason to practice defensive driving at all times.

OFF-ROAD RECOVERY
You may find sometime that your right wheels have dropped off the edge
of a road onto theshoulder while you’redriving.
7

If the level of the shoulder is only slightly belowthe pavement, recovery
should befairly easy. Ease off the accelerator and then, if there is nothing
in the way, steer so that your vehicle straddles the edgeof the pavement.
You can turn the steering
wheel up to 1/4 turn until the right front tire
contacts the pavementedge. Then turnyour steering wheel to go straight
down the roadway.

181

-.

I

u- 1
n

SLOW DOWN

edge of paved suriace

I
If the shoulder appearsto be about four
inches (100 mm) or morebelow
the pavement, this difference can cause problems. If there is not enough
room to pull entirely onto the shoulder and stop, then
follow the same
procedures.But if the right front tire scrubs against the side of the
pavement, do NOT steer moresharply. With too much steering angle, the
vehicle may jump back onto the road with so much steering input that it
crosses over into the oncoming traffic before you can bring it back under .
control.

*c'-

Instead, ease off again on the accelerator and steering input, straddlethe
pavement once more, then
try again.

PASSING

--

c
t

The driver of a vehicle about topass another on a two-lane highway waits
for just theright moment, accelerates, moves around the vehicle ahead,
then goes back into theright lane again. A simple maneuver?
Not necessarily! Passinganother vehicle on a two-lane highway is a
potentially dangerous move, since the passing vehicleoccupies the same
lane as oncoming traffic for several seconds. A miscalculation, an error in
judgment, or a brief surrender to frustration or anger can suddenly put
the passing driver face to face with the worst of all traffic accidents -- the
head-on collision.

182

-.

-

r

._

So here are sometips for passing:
0 “Drive ahead.” Lookdown the road, to the
sides, and to crossroads
for situations that might affect your passing patterns. If you have any
doubt whatsoever about making a successful pass, wait for a better
time.
0 Watch for traffic signs, pavement markings, and lines. If you can see a
sign up ahead thatmight indicate a turnor anintersection, delay your
pass. A broken centerline usually indicates it’s allright to pass
(providing the road aheadis clear). Never cross a solid line on your
side of the lane ora double solid line, even if the road seemsempty of
approaching traffic.
0 If you suspect that thedriver of the vehicle you want to pass isn’t
aware of your presence,tap the horna coupleof times beforepassing.
0 Do not get too
close to thevehicle you want to pass while you’re
awaiting an opportunity. Forone thing, following too closely reduces
your area of vision, especially if you’re followinga largervehicle. Also,
you won’t have adequate space if the vehicle ahead suddenly slows or
stops. Keep back a reasonable distance.
0 When it looks like a chance to pass is coming up, start toaccelerate
but stay in the right lane and don’t get too close. Time your move so
you will be increasing speed as the timecomes to move into the other
lane. If the way is clear to pass, you will havea “runningstart” that
more than makes up for the distance
you wouldlose by dropping back.
And if something happensto cause you to cancel your pass, you need
only slow downand drop back again and wait for anotheropportunity.
0 If other cars are lined up topass a slow vehicle, wait your turn. But
take care that someone
isn’t trying to pass you as you pull out topass
the slow vehicle. Remember toglance over your shoulder andcheck
the blind spot.
0 Check your mirrors , glance over your shoulder, and startyour left
lane changesignal before moving out of the right lane topass. When
you are far enough ahead
of the passed vehicle to see its front in your
inside mirror, activate your right lane changesignal and move back
into theright lane. (Remember thatyour right outside mirroris
convex. The vehicle you just passed may seem to be fartheraway from
you than it really is.)

i
Try not topass more than onevehicle at a time on two-lane roads.
Reconsider beforepassing the next vehicle.
Don’t overtake aslowly moving vehicletoo rapidly. Even though the
brake lights are not flashing, it may be slowing down or startingto
turn.

r

I

/

U

If you’re being passed, make it easy for the following driver to get
ahead of you. Perhaps you can ease alittle to theright.

LOSS OF CONTROL
Let’s reviewwhat driving experts say about what happens when the three
control systems (brakes, steeringandacceleration) don’t have enough
friction where the tires meet the road to do
what the driver has asked.
In any emergency, don’t give up. Keep trying to steer andconstantly seek
an escape route or area
of less danger.

r

’;

I

I

l

e

Skidding
In a skid, a driver can lose control of the vehicle. Defensive drivers avoid
most skids by taking reasonable care suited to existing conditions, and by
not “overdriving” those conditions. But skids are always possible.
The threetypes of skids correspond to your Cadillac’s three control
systems. In thebraking skid your wheels aren’t rolling. In the steeringor
cornering skid, too much speed or steering in a curve causes tires to slip
and lose cornering force. Andin the acceleration skid too much throttle
causes the driving wheels to spin.
A cornering skid isbest handled by easing your foot off the accelerator
pedal. If your traction controlsystem is offor disabled, an acceleration
skid isbest handled in the sameway.
If your vehicle starts toslide (as when you turn a corner on wet,
a snowor ice-covered road), easeyour foot off the acceleratorpedal as soon as
you feel thevehicle start toslide. Quickly steer theway you want the
vehicle to go. If you start steeringquickly enough, your vehicle will
straighten out.As it does, straighten the frontwheels.
Of course, traction is reduced when water, snow, ice,gravel, or other
material is on theroad. For safety, you’ll want to slow down and adjust
your driving to theseconditions. It is important to slow down on slippery

184

._
<

.,

Lj

il t
1

-.

surfaces because stopping distancewill be longer andvehicle control
more limited.
While driving on a surfacewith reduced traction, try your best to avoid
sudden steering, acceleration,or braking (including engine braking by
shifting to a lower gear). Any sudden changes could cause the tires to
slide. You may not realize the surface is slippery until your vehicle is
skidding. Learn torecognize warning clues -- such as enough water,ice or
-- and slow down
packed snow on the road to
make a “mirrored surface”
when you have any doubt.
Remember: Any anti-lock braking system ( A B S ) helps avoid only the
braking skid. Steer theway you want to go.

D R M N G AT NIGHT

--

I _

Night driving is more dangerous than day driving. One reason is that
some drivers are likely to be impaired -- by alcohol or drugs, with night
vision problems, or by fatigue.
Here are some tips on night driving.
0

Drive defensively. Remember, this is the most dangerous time.

0

Don’t drink and drive. (See “Drunken Driving” in the Index for more
on this problem.)

0

Adjust your inside rearview mirror to reduce theglare from headlights
behind you.

0

Since you can’t see as well, you mayneed toslow down and keep more
space between you and othervehicles. It’shard to tell how fast the
vehicle ahead is goingjust by looking at its taillights.

0

Slow down, especiallyon higher speed roads. Your headlights can light
up only so much road ahead.

0

In remote areas,watch for animals.

0

If you’re tired, pull off the road in a safe place and rest.

-

f-I

Night Vision

-

No one can see as well at night as in the daytime. But aswe get older
these differences increase. A 50-year-old driver may require at least twice
as much light to see the samething at night as a 20-year-old.

i,

I

What you do in the daytime can also affectyour night vision.For
example, if you spend the day inbright sunshine you are wise to wear
sunglasses. Your eyes will have lesstrouble adjusting to night.
But if you’re driving, don’twear sunglasses at night. They may cut down
on glare fromheadlights, but they also make a lotof things invisible that
should remain visible - such as parked cars, obstacles, pedestrians, or
even trains blocking railway crossings.You may want to put onyour
sunglasses after you have pulled into abrightly-lighted service or
refreshment area.Eyes shielded from that glaremay adjust more quickly
to darkness back on the road. But be sure toremove your sunglasses
before you leave the service area.
You can be temporarily blinded by approaching lights. It can take a
second or two, or even several seconds, for your eyes to readjust to the
dark. Whenyou are faced with severe glare (as from a driver who doesn’t
lower the high beams, or a vehicle withmisaimed headlights), slow down
a little. Avoid staring directly into theapproaching lights. If there is a line
of opposing traffic, make occasional glances over the line of headlights to
make certain that oneof the vehicles isn’tstarting to move into your lane.
Once you are past the bright lights, giveyour eyes time to readjust before
resuming speed.

3:
r
I.-

i

It

186

i

*

81

r

High Beams
If the vehicle approaching you has its high beams on,signal by flicking
yours to high and thenback to low beam. Thisis the usual signal to lower
the headlight beams. If the otherdriver still doesn’t lower the beams,
resist the temptation to put
your high beams on.This only makes two
half-blinded drivers.

-

-

-

-

~

-

_-

-

On a freeway, use your high beams only in remote areas where
you won’t
impair approaching drivers. In some places, like cities, using high beams
is illegal.
When you followanother vehicle on afreeway or highway, use low
beams. True, most vehicles now have day-night mirrors that enable the
driver to reduceglare. But outside mirrorsare notof this type and high
beams from behind can
bother thedriver ahead.

A Few More Night Driving Suggestions
Keep your windshield and all the glass on your vehicle clean -- inside and
out. Glare atnight is made much worse by dirt on theglass. Even the
inside of the glass can build up a film caused by dust. Tobacco smoke also
makes inside glass surfaces very filmy and can be a vision hazard if it’s left
there.
Dirty glass makes lights dazzle and flash more than cleanglass would,
making the pupils of your eyes contract repeatedly.You might even want
to keep a cloth and some
glass cleaner in your vehicle if you need toclean
your glass frequently.
Remember that your headlights light up farless of a roadway when you
are in a turn orcurve.
Keep your eyes moving; that way, it’s easier to pick out dimly lighted
objects.
Just as your headlights should be checked regularly for properaim, so
should your eyes be examined regularly. Some drivers suffer from night
blindness -- the inability to see in dim light -- and aren’teven aware of it.

187

D M N G IN THE M N

Rain and wet roads can mean driving trouble. On a wet road you can’t
stop, accelerateor turnas well because your tire-to-road tractionisn’t as
good as on dry roads. And,if your tires don’t have much tread left, you’ll
get even less traction.
It’s always wise to go slower and be cautious if rain starts to fall while yc.u
are driving. The surface may get wet suddenly when your reflexesare
tuned fordriving on dry pavement.

II

n

The heavier the rain, the harderit is to see. Evenif your windshieldwiper
blades are in good shape, a heavy rain can make it harder to see road
signs and traffic signals, pavement markings, the edge of the road, and
even people walking. Road spray can often beworse for vision than rain,
especially if it comes from a dirty road.

So it is wise to keep your wiping equipment in good shape and keepyour
windshield washer tank filled. Replace your windshield wiperinserts
when they show signsof streaking or missing areas on the
windshield, or
when strips of rubber start to separate from inserts.
the

188

-

---

- I

Driving too fast through large water puddles
or even going through some
car washes can causeproblems, too. The water may affect your brakes.
Try to avoid puddles. But if you can’t, try to slow down before you hit
them.

I

A CAUTION:

I

Wet brakes can cause accidents. They won’t work wellin a quick
stop and may cause pulling to one side. You could lose control of
the vehicle.

I

After driving through a large puddle of water or a car wash,
apply your brake pedal lightly until your brakes
work normally.

Hydroplaning
- Hydroplaning is dangerous. So much water can build up under your tires
that they can actually ride on thewater. This can happen if the roadis wet
enough andyou’re goingfast enough. Whenyour vehicle ishydroplaning,
it has little or nocontact with the road.
_
I

You might not be aware of hydroplaning. You could drive along for some
time without realizing your tires aren’tin constant contactwith the road.

189

You could find out the hardway: when you have to slow, turn, move out
to pass -- or if you get hit by a gust of wind. You could suddenly find
yourself out of control.
Hydroplaning doesn’t happen often.But it can if your tires haven’t much
tread orif the pressure in one or moreis low. It can happen if a lotof
water is standing on the road.If you can see reflections from trees,
telephone poles, or othervehicles, and raindrops “dimple” the
water’s
surface, there could be hydroplaning.
Hydroplaning usually.happens at higher speeds. There just isn’t a hard
and fast rule abouthydroplaning. The best advice isto slow downwhen it
is raining, and be careful.

Some Other Rainy WeatherTips
Turn on your headlights -- not justyour parlung lights -- to help make
you more visible to others.
0

Look for hard-to-seevehicles coming from behind. You may want to
use your headlights even in daytime if it’s raining hard.
Besides slowing down, allow some extra following distance. And be
especially careful when you pass another vehicle. Allow yourselfmore
clear room ahead, and be prepared
to have your view restricted by
road spray. If the road spray is so heavy you are actually blinded, drop
back. Don’t pass until conditions improve. Going more slowly is better
than having an accident.

L1
I

I

Use your defogger if it helps.
0

Have good tires with proper tread depth.(See “Tires” in the Index.)

-

Y

190

I

DRZKNG IN FOG, MISTAND HAZE

Fog can occur with high humidity or heavy frost. It can be so mild that
you can see throughit for several hundred feet (meters). Or
it might be
so thick that you can see only a few feet (meters) ahead. It
may come
suddenly to an otherwise clear road. And
it can be a major hazard.
When you drive into afog patch, your visibility will be reduced quickly.
The biggest dangers are striking the vehicle ahead orbeing struck by the
one behind. Try to “read” thefog density down the road.If the vehicle
ahead starts to become
less clear or,at night, if the taillights are harder to
see, thefog is probably thickening. Slow down to give traffic behind you a
chance to slow down. Everybody then has a better chance to avoid hitting
the vehicle ahead.
A patch of dense fog may extend only for afew feet (meters) or for
miles
(kilometers); you can’treally tell while you’re in it. You can only treat the
situation with extreme care.
One common fog condition -- sometimes called mist or groundfog -- can
happen in weather that seems perfect,
especially at night or in the early
morning in valley and low, marshy areas. You can be suddenly enveloped
in thick, wet haze that may even coat your windshield. You can often spot
these fog patches or mist layers with your headlights. But sometimes they
can be waiting for you as you come over a hill or dip intoa shallow valley.

191

---

One of the biggest problems with city streets is the amountof traffic on
them. You’ll want to watch out forwhat the otherdrivers are doing and
pay attention totraffic signals.
Here areways to increase your safety in city driving:
Know the best way to get to where you are going. Try not to drive
around trying to pick out a familiar street orlandmark. Get a city map
and plan your trip intoan unknown part of the city just as you would
for a cross-country trip.
0

.-._-

0

Try to use the freeways that rim and crisscross most large cities. You’ll
save time and energy. (See the next section, “Freeway Driving.”)
Treat a green light as a warning signal. A traffic light is there because
the corneris busy enough to needit. When a light turns green, and
just beforeyou start tomove, check both ways for vehicles that have
not cleared the intersection or may be runningthe red light.

193

Obey all posted speed limits. But remember that they are forideal
road, weather andvisibility conditions. You may need todrive below
the posted limit inbad weather orwhen visibility is especiallypoor.
Pull to theright (with care) and stop clear
of intersections when you
see or hear
emergency vehicles.

r

,-

FREEWAYDMNG

Mile for mile, freeways (also called thruways, parkways, expressways,
turnpikes, or superhighways) are thesafest of all roads. But they have
their own special rules.
The most important advice on freeway driving is: Keep up with traffic and
keep to the right. Drive at the same speed most of the other drivers are
driving. Too-fast or too-slow drivingbreaks a smoothtraffic flow. Treat
the left lane on afreeway as a passing lane.

1

-

d

Entering the Freeway
At the entrance thereis usually a ramp that leads to the
freeway. If you
have a clearview of the freeway as you drive along the entrance ramp,
you should begin to check traffic. Try to determinewhere you expect to
blend with the flow. If traffic is light, you may have no problem. But if it is
heavy, find a gap as you move along the entering laneand time your
approach. Try to merge into the gapat close to theprevailing speed.

194

.

I
t

u

r

c-

_
I

--

-

L_

._.

Switch on your turn signal, check your rearview mirrors as you move
along, and glance over your shoulder as often as necessary. Try to blend
smoothly with the traffic flow.

Driving on the Freeway
Once you are on thefreeway, adjust your speed to the postedlimit or to
the prevailing rate if it’s slower. Stay in the right lane unless you want to
pass. If you are ona two-lane freeway, treat theright lane as the slow lane
and the left lane as the passing lane.
If you are on a three-lane freeway, treat the right lane as the slower-speed
through lane,the middle lane asthe higher-speed through lane, andthe
left lane as the passing lane.
Before changing lanes, check your rearview mirrors. Then use your turn
signal.
Just beforeyou leave the lane,glance quickly over your shoulder to make
sure thereisn’t another vehicle in your “blind” spot.
If you are moving from an outside to a center lane on freeway
a
having
more thantwo lanes, makesure anothervehicle isn’t about tomove into
the same spot. Look at the
vehicles two lanes over and watch for telltale
signs: turn signals flashing, an increase in speed, ormoving toward the
edge of the lane.Be prepared to delay your move.

_
I

Once you are moving on thefreeway, make certainyou allow a
reasonable following distance. Expect to move slightly slowerat night.
c

_

__

-

-

Leaving the Freeway
When you want to leave the freeway, moveto the properlane well in
advance. Dashing across lanes at the last minute is dangerous. If you miss
your exit do not, underany circumstances, stop andback up. Drive on to
the next exit.
At each exit point is a deceleration lane. Ideally it should be long enough
for you to enterit at freeway speed (aftersignaling, of course) and then
do your braking before moving onto theexit ramp. Unfortunately,not all
deceleration lanes are long enough -- some are too short forall the
braking. Decide when to startbraking. If you must brake on the through
lane, and if there is traffic close behind you, you can allow a littleextra

195

time andflash your brake lights (in addition to your turn signal) as extra
warning that you are about toslow down and exit.
The exit ramp can be curved, sometimes quite sharply.
The exit speed is usually posted. Reduceyour speed according to your
speedometer, not toyour sense of motion. After driving for any distance
at higher speeds, you may tend tothink you are going slowerthan you
actually are. For example, 40 mph (65 h / h ) might seem like only 20 mph
(30 km/h). Obviously, this could lead to serious trouble on a ramp
designed for 20 mph (30 kmih)!

-.
t

I!

U

c_?

I

L/

DRIVTNG A LONGDISTANCE
Although most long trips today are made onfreeways, there arestill
many made onregular highways.
Long-distance driving on freeways and regular highways is the samein
some ways. The trip has to be planned andthe vehicle prepared, you
drive at higher-than-city speeds, andthere arelonger turns behind the
wheel. You’ll enjoyyour trip moreif you and your vehicle are in good
shape. Here aresome tips for a successful longtrip.

BEFORE LEAWNG O N A LONG TRlP

.3 I
F
i

!

u

Make sure you’re ready.Try to bewell rested. If you must start when
you’re not fresh-- such as after a day’s work -- don’t plan to make too
many milesthat first part of the journey. Wear comfortable clothing and
shoes you can easily drive in.

Is your vehicle ready for a long trip? If you keep it serviced and
maintained, it’s ready to go. If it needs service, have itdone before
starting out. Of course, you’ll find experienced and ableservice experts in
Cadillac dealerships allacross North America. They’ll be ready and
willing to help if you need it.
Here aresome things you can check before a trip:
Windshield Washer Fluid: Is the reservoir full? Are all windows clean
inside and outside?
Wiper Blades: Are they in good shape?
0 Fuel, Engine Oil, Other Fluids: Have you checked all levels?

7

- 1

-

Lights: Are they all working? Are the lenses clean?
0

Tires: They are vitally important to asafe, trouble-free trip.Is the
tread good enough forlong-distance driving? Are thetires all inflated
to therecommended pressure?
Weather Forecasts: What’s the weather outlook along your route?
Should you delay your trip a short time avoid
to
a major storm
system?
Maps: Do you have up-to-date maps?

_--

._

-

\

ON THE ROAD
Unless you are theonly driver, it is good to share thedriving task with
others. Limit turns behind the wheel to about 100 miles (160 km) or two
hours at asitting. Then, eitherchange drivers or stop for some
refreshment like coffee, tea or soft drinks and somelimbering up. But do
stop andmove around. Eatlightly along the way. Heavier meals tend to
make some peoplesleepy.

On two-lane highways or undivided multilane highways that do nothave
- controlled access, you’llwant to watch for some situations notusually
found onfreeways. Examples are: stopsigns and signals, shopping centers
with direct access to thehighway, no passing zones andschool zones,
vehicles turning left and right off the road, pedestrians,cyclists, parked
- vehicles, and even animals.

H I G W A Y HYPNOSIS
c _

__

-

Is thereactually such a conditionas “highway hypnosis”? Or is itjust
plain falling asleep at thewheel? Call it highway hypnosis, lackof
awareness, or whatever.
There is something aboutan easy stretch of road with the same scenery,
along with the hum of the tires on the road, the droneof the engine, and
the rush of the wind against the vehicle that can make you sleepy. Don’t
let it happen to you! If it does,your vehicle can leave the roadin less than
a second, andyou could crash and be injured.
What can you do about highway hypnosis? First, be aware that it can
happen.

Then here are some
tips:
0

Make sureyour vehicle is wellventilated, with a comfortably cool
interior.

0

Keep your eyes moving. Scan the road ahead and to the
sides. Check
your rearview mirrors frequently and your instruments fromtime to
time. This can help you avoid a fixed stare.

0

Wear good sunglasses in bright light. Glare can cause drowsiness. But
don't wear sunglasses at night. They will drastically reduce your
overall vision at thevery time you need all the seeing power you have.

0

If you get sleepy, pull off the road into arest, service, or parking area
and take a nap,
get some exercise, or both.For safety, treat drowsiness
on thehighway as an emergency.

As in any drivingsituation, keeppace with traffic and allow adequate
following distances.

1
I

'

U

--

P
l

r

HILL AND MOUNTMN ROADS

n

Driving on steep hills or mountains is different from driving in flat or
rolling terrain.

198

i

c

I
_

If you drive regularly in steep country, or if you’re planning to visit there,
here aresome tips that can makeyour trips safer and moreenjoyable.
Keep your vehicle in good shape. Check all fluid levels and also the
brakes, tires,cooling system and transmission. These partscan work
hard on mountain roads.
0 Know how to go down hills. The most important thing to know is this:
let your engine do some of the slowing down. Don’t makeyour brakes
do it all. Shift to a lower gear when you go down a steep orlong hill.
That way, you will slow down
without excessive use of your brakes.

I

A CAUTION:

I

If you don’t shift down, your brakes could get so hot thatthey
wouldn’t work well. You would then have poor braking oreven
none going down a hill. You could crash. Shiftdown to letyour
engine assist your brakes ona steep downhill slope.

I

- I

e.--

,-

I

A CAUTION:
Coasting downhill in “N” (Neutral) or with the ignition off is
dangerous. Your brakes will have to do all the work of slowing
down. Theycould get so hot thatthey wouldn’twork well. You
could crash. Always have your engine running andyour vehicle
in gear when you godownhill.
Know how to go uphill. You may want to shift down to a lower gear.
The lower gears helpcool your engine and transmission, and you can
climb the hill better.
Stay in your own lane when driving on two-lane roads in hills or
mountains. Don’t swing wide or cut across the center
of the road.
Drive at speedsthat letyou stay in your own lane. That way, youwon’t
be surprised by a vehicle coming toward you in the same lane.

I

It takes longer to pass another vehicle when you’re going uphill.
You’ll
want to leave extra room to pass. If a vehicleispassingyou
and
doesn’t have enough room, slow down to make it easier for the other
vehicle to get by.

7.1
Lg

1

As you go over thetop of a hill, bealert. There could be something in,
your lane, like a stalled car or anaccident.
You may see highway signson mountains thatwarn of special
problems. Examples are long grades, passing or no-passing zones, a
falling rocks area, orwinding roads. Be alert to these and take
appropriate action.
e Winter driving can present special problems. See “Winter Driving” in

the Index.

Parking on Hills

n

Hills and mountains mean spectacular
scenery. But please be careful
where you stop if you decide to look at theview or takepictures. Look for
pull-offs or parking areas provided for scenic viewing.

200

-.

Another partof this manual tells how to use your parking brake (see
“Parking Brake”in the Index). But ona mountain or steephill, you can
do one more
thing. You can turnyour front wheels to keepyour vehicle
from rolling downhill or outinto traffic.
Here’s how:

Parking Downhill
Turn your wheels to
the right.
You don’t have to jam
your tires against the
curb, if there is a curb.
A gentle contactis all
you need.

t -I
Parking Uphill
d

201

If there is a curb, turn
your wheels to theleft
if the curbis at the
right side of your
vehicle.

I

If you’re going uphill
on aone-way street
and you’re parking on
the left side, your
wheels should point to
the right.

I

Q

If there is no curb
when you’reparking
uphill, turn thewheels
to theright.

Q
If there is no curb when you’reparking uphill on the leftside of a
one-way street, your wheelsshould be turned to the
left.

Torque Lock (Automatic Transmission)
If you are parking on a hill and you don’t shift your transmission into “P”
(Park) properly, the weight of the vehicle may put toomuch force onthe
parking pawl in the transmission. You may find it difficult to pull the shift
lever out of “P” (Park). This is called “torque lock.” To prevent torque
lock, alwaysbe sure toshift into “P’, (Park) properly before you leave the
driver’s seat. To find out how, see “Shifting Into ‘P’ (Park)” in the Index.

202

If “torque lock” does occur, you may need to have another vehicle push
yours a little uphill to take some of the pressure from thetransmission, so
you can pull the shift lever out of “P” (Park).

WINTER DRWTNG

Here aresome tips for winter driving:
Have your Cadillac in good shape forwinter. Be sureyour engine
coolant mix iscorrect.
Snow tires can help in loose snow, but they may give you lesstraction
on ice than regular tires. If you do not expect to bedriving in deep
snow, but may have to travel over ice, you may not want to switch to
snow tires at all.
You may want to putwinter emergency supplies in your trunk.
r

203

4
n

Include an ice scraper, a small brush or broom, a supply of windshield
washer fluid, a rag, some winter outer clothing, a small shovel,a
flashlight, a red cloth, and a couple of reflective warning triangles. And, if
you will be driving under severe conditions, include a small bag of sand, a
piece of old carpet or a couple of burlap bags to help provide traction. Be
sure you properly secure these items in your vehicle.

Driving on Snow or Ice

n
'

-

F

Most of the time, those places where your tires meet the road probably
have good traction.
c _

However, if there is snow or ice between your tires and the road, you can
have a very slippery situation. You'll have a lot less traction or "grip" and
will need to be very careful.

204

I

- What’s the worst time for this? “Wet ice.” Very cold snow or ice can be
-

7

T

slick and hard todrive on. But wet ice can be even more troublebecause
it may offer the least traction of all. You can get “wet ice’’ when it’s about
freezing (320F; OOC) and freezing rain begins to fall. Try to avoid driving
on wet ice until salt and sandcrews can get there.
Whatever the condition -- smooth ice, packed, blowing or loose snow -drive with caution. If your traction control system is disabled, accelerate
fragile traction. If you accelerate toofast
gently. Try not to break the
when your traction controlsystem is disabled, the drive wheels will spin
and polish the surface under thetires even more.
Your traction controlsystem improves your ability to accelerate when
driving on a slippery road. Even though your vehicle has a traction
control system, you’llwant to slow down and adjust your driving to the
road conditions. See “Traction Control System” in the Index.
Your anti-lock brakes improve yourability to make a hard stopon a
slippery road. Even though you have the anti-lock braking system, you’ll
want to begin stopping soonerthan you would on dry pavement. See
“Anti-lock’’ inthe Index.
Allow greater following distance on any slippery road.
e Watch for slippery spots. The road might be fine until you hit a spot
that’s covered with ice. On an otherwise clear road,ice patches may

x
appear in shaded areaswhere the sun can’t reach: around clumps of
trees, behindbuildings, or underbridges. Sometimes the surface of a
curve or an overpass mayremain icy when the surrounding roadsare
clear. If you see a patch of ice ahead of you, brake beforeyou are on
it. Try not to brake while you’re actuallyon theice, and avoid sudden
steering maneuvers.

If You’re Caught in a Blizzard

I

I1

3

I

R

If you are stopped by heavy snow, youcould be in a serious situation. You
should probably stay withyour vehicle unless you know
for sure thatyou
arenear helpand you can hike through the snow. Hereare some things
to do to summon help and keep
yourself and your passengers safe: Turn
on your hazardflashers. Tie a red cloth to your vehicle to alert police that
you’ve been stoppedby the snow. Put on extra clothing or wrap a blanket
around you. If you have no blankets or extra clothing, make body
insulators from newspapers, burlap bags, rags,floor mats-- anything you
can wrap aroundyourself or tuck under your clothing to keep warm.
You can run the engine to keepwarm, but becareful.

206

-

I
-

A CAUTION:
Snow can trap exhaustgases under your vehicle. This can cause
deadly CO (carbon monoxide) gas to get inside. CO could
overcome you and kill you. You can’t see it orsmell it, so you
might not know it is inyour vehicle. Clear away snowfrom
around the baseof your vehicle ,especially any that is blocking
your exhaustpipe. And check around againfrom time to time to
be sure snow doesn’t collectthere.
of the vehicle that’s away
Open awindow just a little on the side
from the wind. This will help keep CO out.

Run your engine only as long as you must. This saves fuel. Whenyou run
the engine, makeit go a little faster than just
idle. That is, push the
accelerator slightly. This uses less fuel forthe heat thatyou get and it
keeps the battery charged.You will need awell-charged battery to restart
the vehicle, and possibly for signaling later on with your headlights. Let
the heaterrun for awhile.
Then, shut the engine
off and close the window almost all the way to
preserve the heat. Start the engine
again and repeat this only when you
feel really uncomfortable from the cold. But do it as little as possible.
Preserve the fuel as long as you can. To help keepwarm, you can get out

207

of the vehicle and dosome fairly vigorous exercises every half
hour orso
until help comes.

If You’re Stuck in Deep Snow
You should turn your Traction Control System off if you’re stuckin deep
snow.
This manualexplains how to get the vehicle out of deep snow without
damaging it. See “Rocking Your Vehicle” inthe Index.

TOWING A T M L E R

A CAUTION:
If you don’t use the correct equipmentand drive properly, you
can lose control when you pull a trailer. For example, if the
trailer is too heavy, the brakesmay not work well -- or even at
all. You and your passengers could be seriously injured. Pull a
trailer only if you have followedall the steps inthis section.
I

~~

~

~~

i

d

7

\.

Pulling a trailer improperly can damage your vehicle and result
in costly repairs not covered by your warranty. To pull a trailer

c

*

-

;

Your vehicle can tow a trailer. To identify what the vehicle trailering
capacity isfor your vehicle, youshould read theinformation in “Weight
of the Trailer” that appears laterin this section. But trailering is different
than just driving your vehicleby itself. Traileringmeans changes in
handling, durability, and fuel economy. Successful,safe trailering takes
correct equipment, andit has to be used properly.
That’s the reason for this section. In it are many time-tested, important
trailering tips and safety rules. Manyof these are important foryour

i

m
.

>

d
c
-

.J

208

~

*_

safety and thatof your passengers. So please read this section carefully
before you pull a trailer.
Load-pulling components such as the engine, transmission, wheel
assemblies, and tires are forced to work harder against the dragof the
added weight. The engine is required to operate atrelatively higher speeds
and under greater loads, generating extra heat. What’s more, the trailer
adds considerably to wind resistance, increasing the pulling requirements.
All of that means changes in:
0

Handling

0

Durability
Fuel economy

If You Do Decide To Pull A Trailer
If you do, here aresome importantpoints.
0

There aremany different laws having to do with trailering. Make sure
your rig willbe legal, not only where you live but also where you’ll be
driving. A good source for this information can be state orprovincial
police.

0

Consider using a sway control if your trailer will weigh 2,000 pounds
(900 kg) or less. You should always use a sway control if your trailer will
weigh more than 2,000 pounds (900 kg).

0

Don’t tow a trailer at all during the first 500 miles (800 km) your new
vehicle is driven. Yourengine, axle or otherparts could be damaged.

0

Then, during the first 1,000 miles (1600 km)that you tow a trailer, don’t
drive over 50 mph (80 km/h) and don’t make starts at full throttle. This
helps your engine and other partsof your vehicle wear inat the heavier
loads. Avoid continuous operation in mountainous areas thathave
grades greater than 2% and are longer than 5 miles.
Change axle oil annually or every 6,000 miles (9654km)of trailer towing,
whichever comes first.
Three important considerations have to dowith weight:
1. Weight of the nailer
How heavy can a trailer safely be? Itshould never weigh more than
2,000 pounds (907 kg). But, if you have the optional Trailer Towing

0

0

I

I

Package you can increase your vehicle’s trailer towing capability to
7,000 pounds (3175 kg). But even that can be too heavy.
It depends onhow you plan to use your rig. For example, speed,
altitude, roadgrades, outside temperature andhow much your
vehicle is used to pull a trailer are all important. And,it can also
depend on any special equipment that you have on your vehicle.

-1
P

‘Li

I

You can ask your dealer for ourtrailering information or advice, or
you can write us at Cadillac.
In Canada,write to General Motorsof Canada Limited, Customer
Assistance Center, 1908 Colonel Sam Drive, Oshawa, Ontario L1H
8P7.
2. Weight of the nailer Tongue
The tongue load (A) of any trailer is an important weight to
measure because it affects the totalcapacity weight of your vehicle.
The capacity weight includes the curbweight of the vehicle, any
cargo you may carry in it, and the people who will be riding in the
vehicle. And if youwill tow a trailer, you must subtract the tongue
loadfrom your vehicle’s capacity weight because your vehicle will be
carrying that weight, too. See “LoadingYour Vehicle’’ inthe Index
for more information about
your vehicle’s maximum load capacity.

3I

T

210

If you’re using a “dead-weight”hitch, the trailer tongue (A) should
weigh 10% of the total loaded trailerweight (B). If you have a
“weight-distributing” hitch, the trailer tongue (A) should weigh
12% of the total loaded trailerweight (B).

r

r

If your vehicle is equipped totow up to 7,000 pounds (3178 kg), and
you should use a “dead-weight”hitch, the trailer tongue (A) should
weigh 10% of the total loaded trailerweight (B). Or, if you have a
“weight-distributing” hitch, the trailer tongue(A) should weigh
12% of the total loaded trailerweight (B).

c-

After you’ve loaded your trailer, weigh the trailer and then the
tongue, separately,to see if the weights are proper. If they aren’t,
you may be able toget them right simply by moving some items
around in the trailer.
3. Total Weight on Your Vehicle’s Tires
Be sure your vehicle’s tires are inflated to the limit for cold tires.
You’ll find these numbers on the
Certification label at the rear edge
of the driver’s door (or see “Tire Loading”
in the Index). Then be
sure you don’t go over the GVW limit for your vehicle.

- Hitches

-

It’s important to have the correcthitch equipment. Crosswinds, large
trucks going by, and rough roadsare a few reasons why you’ll need the
right hitch. Here are some rules to follow:
0

0
r

If you’ll be pulling a trailer that,when loaded, will weigh more than
2,000 pounds (900 kg), be sure to use a properly mounted,
weight-distributing hitch and sway control of the proper size. This
equipment is very important for propervehicle loading andgood
handling when you’re driving.
Will you have to make any holes in the body of your vehicle when you
install a trailerhitch? If you do, then be sureto seal the holes later
when you remove thehitch. If you don’t seal them, deadly carbon
monoxide (CO) fromyour exhaust can get into your vehicle (see
Index under “Carbon Monoxide”). Dirt and water
can, too.
Don’t let the steelin a hitch contact the aluminum onyour bumper. If
you do, the two will corrode. You can use something like paint or
plastic tape to separate the
steel and aluminum. The same steel to
aluminum problemcan happen with fasteners, too.
211

Safety Chains
You should always attach chains between your vehicle and your trailer.
Cross the safety chains under the tongueof the trailer so that the tongue
will not drop to theroad if it becomes separated from the hitch.
Instructions aboutsafety chains may be provided by the hitch
manufacturer orby the trailer manufacturer.Follow the manufacturer’s
recommendation forattaching safety chains. Always leave just enough
slack so you can turn with your rig. And, never allow safety chains to drag
on theground.

,

-

Trailer Brakes
If your trailer weighs more than 1,000 pounds (450 kg) loaded, thenit
needs its own brakes -- and they must be adequate.Be sure to readand
so you’ll be able to install,
follow the instructions for the trailer brakes
adjust and maintain them
properly.
Because you have anti-lock brakes, don’t try to tap into your vehicle’s
brake system. If you do, both brakesystems won’t work well,or atall.

Driving with a Trailer
Towing a trailer requires a certain amount
of experience. Before setting
out for the open road,
you’ll want to get to know your rig. Acquaint
yourself withthe feel of handling and braking with the addedweight of
the trailer. And always keep in mind that thevehicle you are driving is
now a good deal longer and not nearly so responsive as your vehicle is by
itself.
Before you start, check thetrailer hitch and platform, safety chains,
electrical connector, lights, tires and mirror adjustment.If the trailerhas
electric brakes, start your vehicle and trailer moving and then apply the
trailer brake controllerby hand to be sure the brakes are
working. This
lets you check your electrical connection at the sametime.
During your trip, check occasionally to be surethat the load is secure,
and that thelights and any trailer brakes are still working.

212

.

.

- Following Distance
-

Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle ahead as you would when
driving your vehicle without a trailer. Thiscan help you avoid situations
that require heavy braking and sudden turns.

Passing
I
_

-

You’ll need morepassing distance up aheadwhen you’re towinga trailer.
And, becauseyou’re a good deal longer, you’ll need togo much farther
beyond the passed vehicle before you can return toyour lane.

Backing Up
_Hold the bottomof the steering wheel with one hand. Then, to move the

trailer to theleft, just move that hand to theleft. To move the trailer to
the right, move your hand to the right. Always back up slowly and, if
- possible, have someone guide you.

Making Turns
When you’re turning with a trailer, make wider turns than normal.Do
this so your trailer won’t strike soft shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees, or
other objects. Avoidjerky or suddenmaneuvers. Signal well in advance.

1urn Signals When Towing a Trailer
- When you tow a trailer, your vehicle has to have a different turn signal

flasher and extrawiring. The greenarrows on your instrument panelwill
flash whenever you signal a turn orlane change. Properly hooked up, the
trailer lights will alsoflash, telling other drivers you’re about to turn,
- change lanes or stop.

p__-_.

When towing a trailer, the green arrows on your instrument panelwill
flash for turnseven if the bulbs on thetrailer are burned out.Thus, you
may think drivers behind you are seeing your signal when they are not.
It’s important tocheck occasionally to be sure the
trailer bulbs are still
working.

213

Driving On Grades
Reduce speedand shift to a lower gear before you start down a long or
steep downgrade. If you don’t shift down, you might haveto use your
brakes so much that they would get hotand no longer work well.

On a long uphill grade, shift down and reduceyour speed to around45
mph (70 kmih) to reduce the possibility of engine and transmission
overheating.
and you have an automatic transmission with Overdrive, you may prefer
to drive in “D” instead of Overdrive

1
1

9

d
l

n
1

,

i a

Parking on Hills
You really should not park your vehicle, with a trailer attached, on a hill.
If something goes wrong, your rig could start to move. People can be
injured, and bothyour vehicle and the trailer can be damaged.
But if you ever have to parkyour rig on ahill, here’s how to doit:
1. Apply your regular brakes, but don’t shift into “P”(Park) yet.
2. Have someoneplace chocks under the trailerwheels.
3. When the wheel chocks are in place, release the regular brakes until
the chocks absorb the load.
4. Reapply the regular brakes. Then shift into “P” (Park) firmly and
apply your parking brake.
5. Release the regular brakes.

<

-

r
.

t

- 1

When You Are Ready to Leave After Parkingon a Hill
1. Apply your regular brakes and hold the pedal down while you:
Start your engine;
Shift into a gear; and
0

Be sure the parking brake has released.

2. Let up on thebrake pedal.
3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of the chocks.

L

e_i

u

4. Stop and have someone pick up and storethe chocks.
,.

214

.

rc-.-

__-

Maintenance when Trailer Towing
Your vehicle will need service more often when you’re pulling a trailer.
See the Maintenance Schedule for morethis.
on Things that are
especially important in trailer operation are automatic transmission fluid
(don’t overfill), engine oil, axle lubricant, belt,cooling system, and brake
adjustment. Eachof these is covered in this manual, and theIndex will
help you find them quickly. If you’re trailering, it’s a good idea to review
these sections before you start your trip.
Check periodically to see that all hitch nuts andbolts are tight.

215

3

PROBLEMS ON THE ROAD

Here you'll find what to do about someproblems that can occur on the
road.

216

n

-

I
--

-

I
Your hazard warning flashers let you warn others. They also letpolice
know you have a problem. Your front and rear turn
signal lights willflash
on andoff.
Press the buttonin to
make your front and
rear turnsignal lights
flash on andoff.

Your hazard warning flashers work no matterwhat positionyour key is in,
and even if the key isn’t in.

iI

a

To turn off the
flashers, pull out on
the collar. When the
hazard warning
flashers are on,your
turn signals won’t
work.

I

OTHER W m I N G DEVTCES

Li

If you carry reflective triangles, youcan setone up at theside of the road
about 300 feet (100 m) behind your vehicle.

JUMP STARTING
If your battery has run down, you may wantto use another vehicle and
some jumpercables to startyour Cadillac. But please follow the steps
below to doit safely.

A CAUTION:
Batteries can hurt you. Theycan be dangerous because:
They contain acid that can burn you.
0

They contain

that can explode or ignite.

0

They contain enough electricity to burn you.

If you don’t follow these steps exactly, someor all of these things
can hurt you.

218

r

-

TO JUMP START YOUR CDILLAC:
1. Check the othervehicle. It must have a 12-volt battery with a negative
ground system.

-

2. Get thevehicles close enough so the jumpercables can reach, but be
sure thevehicles aren’t touching each other. If they are, it could cause
a ground connectionyou don’t want. You wouldn’t be able to start
your Cadillac, and the bad grounding
could damage the electrical
systems.

A CAUTION:
I

You could be injured if the vehicles roll. Set the parking brake
firmly on each vehicle. Put an automatic transmission in “P”
(Park) or a manual transmission in “N” ‘Ye1 ,alj.
’

r

I
3. Turn off the ignition on both vehicles. Turn off all lights that aren’t
needed, andradios. This will avoid sparks andhelp save both
batteries. Andit could save your radio!

219

I

I

4. Open the hoods and locate the batteries.

and can injureyou. Keep hands, clothing and tools away from
any underhoodelectric fan.
I

I A CAUTION:

n

#

E

W

Using a match neara battery can cause battery gas explode.
to
People have beenhurt doing this, and some have been blinded.
Use a flashlight if you need more light.
Be sure the battery has
enough water. You don’t need to add
water to theDelco Freedom@battery installed inevery new GM
vehicle. But if a battery has filler caps, be sure theright amount
of fluid isthere. If it is low, add water to take careof that first. If
you don’t, explosive gas could be present.
Battery fluid contains acid that can burnyou. Don’t get it on
you. If you accidentally get it in youreyes or on your skin, flush
the place with water and get medical help immediately.

5. Check that the jumper cables don’t have looseor missing insulation.If
they do, you could geta shock. The vehicles could bedamaged, too.
Before you connect the cables, here are some basic things you should
know. Positive (+) will go topositive (+) and negative (-) will go to
negative (-) or a metal engine part. Don’t connect (+) to (-) or you’ll
get a short that would damage the battery and maybe other parts, too.

220

I
cup

A CAUTION:
n

Fans or other moving engine parts can injure you badly. Keep
your hands away from moving parts once the engines are
running.

6. Connect the red
positive (+) cable
to the positive (+)
terminal of the
vehicle with the
dead battery.

--

7. Don’t let the other end touch metal. Connect
it to the positive (+)
terminal of the good battery. Use a remotepositive (+) terminal if the
vehicle has one.
8. Now connect the black negative (-) cable to thegood battery’s
negative (-) terminal.
Don’t let the other end touch anything
until the next step. The other
end of the negative cable doesn’t go to the dead battery.It goes to a
heavy unpainted metal part on the engine
of the vehicle with the dead
battery.
9. Attach the cableat least 18 inches (45 cm) away from the dead
battery, but not near engine parts that
move. The electrical connection
is just as good there, but the chance
of sparks getting back to the
battery is much less.

221

.--

10.Now start thevehicle with the good battery and run the engine for a
while.
11.Try to start thevehicle with the dead battery.
If it won’t start after afew tries, it probably needs service.
12. Remove the cables in reverse order toprevent electrical shorting.
Take care that they don’t touch each other orany other metal.

DEAD BATTERY

I . ~

REMOVE CABLES IN THIS ORDER

222

TOWNG YOUR CXDILLAC
Try to have a GM dealer or a professional
towing service tow your
Cadillac. The usual towing equipment is a sling-type, or awheel-lift, or
car carriertow truck.

If your vehicle has been changed or
modified since it wasfactory-new by
adding aftermarket itemslike fog lamps, aeroskirting, or special tires and
wheels, these instructions and illustrations
may not be correct.
Before you do anything, turn on the hazardwarning flashers.

--

When you call, tell the towing service:
That your vehicle cannotbe towed from the front or rear
with wheel
lift equipment.
0

That your vehicle has rear-wheeldrive.
The make, model, and year
of your vehicle.

0

Whether you can still movethe shift lever.

0

-

0

If there was an accident, what was damaged.

223

When the towing service arrives, let thetow operator know that this
manual contains detailedtowing instructions and illustrations. The
operator may wantto see them.

.. .

I

When your vehicle isbeing towed, have the ignition key off.The steering
wheel should beclamped in a straight-aheadposition, with a clamping
device designed fortowing service. Do not use the vehicle's steering
column lock for this. The transmission should be
in Neutral andthe
parking brake released.
Don't have your vehicle towedon the rear
wheels, unless you must. If the
vehicle must be towed on the rearwheels, don't go more than35 mph (56
krn/h) or farther than50 miles (80 km) or your transmission will be
damaged. If these limits must be exceeded, then the rear
wheels have to
be supported on dolly.
a

224

A CAUTION:
A vehicle can fall from acar carrierif it isn’t properly secured.
vehicle
This can causea collision, serious personal injury and
damage. The vehicle should be tightly secured with chains or
steel cables before it is transported.
Don’t use substitutes (ropes, leather straps,canvas webbing,
etc.) that can be cut by sharp edges underneath thetowed
vehicle.

~

Front Towing Hook-Ups
No 4 x 4 wood beam is required. Positionthe cross bar just behindthe
rear edgeof the front bumper.
Attach “T” hook chains into
the bottomslots on both
frame rails.

I
Attach a separatesafety chain
around the outboard endof
each lower control arm.

225

...

.

engine on your Cadillac

?IfSteam Is Coming From Your Engine:

:

I- A

II

CAUTION:

Steam froman overheated engine can burnyou badly, even if
you just open the hood. Stay away from the engine if you see or
hear steamcoming from it. Just turn itoff and get everyone
away from the vehicle until itcools down. Waituntil thereis no
sign of steam or coolant before opening the hood.
If youkeep driving when your engine is overheated, the liquids
in it can catch
fire. You or otherscould be badly burned. Stop
your engineif it overheats, and get out of the vehicle until the
engine is cool.

227

IfNo Steam Is Coming FromYour Engine:
If you get the overheat warning but seeor hear nosteam, the problem
may not be too serious. Sometimes the engine can get a little too hot
when you:
0 Climb a long hill on a hot day.
0

Stop after high speed driving.

0

Idle for long periods in traffic.

i

I

31
n

Tow a trailer.

If you get the overheat warning withno sign of steam, try this for a
minute orso:
1. Turn off your air conditioner.

2. Turn on your heater tofull hot at thehighest fan speed and openthe
window as necessary.

L

CI
I

7

‘

I

1

3. If you’re in a traffic jam, shift to “N”(Neutral).
If you no longer have the overheat warning, you can drive. Just to besafe,
driveslower foraboutten minutes. If the warningdoesn’tcomeback on,
you can drive normally.
If the warning continues, pull over, stop, and parkyour vehicle right
away.
If there’s still no sign of steam, you can idle the engine for two or three
minutes while you’re parked, to seeif the warning stops. But then, if you
still have the warning, TURN OFF THE ENGINE AND GET
EVERYONE OUT OF THE VEHICLE until it cools down.
You may decide not tolift the hood but toget service help right away.

-

3
n

1
1
1

-u

COOLING SYSTEM

-.

When you decide it’s safe to lift the hood, here’s what you’ll see:

--

Coolant recovery tank
-

?

Radiatorpressurecap
Electric engine fans(If Equipped)

A CAUTION:
An electric fan under the hood can start up even when the
engine is not running and can injure you. Keephands, clothing
and tools away from anyunderhood electric fan.
~

-

If the coolantinside the coolantrecovery tank is boiling, don’t do
anything else until it cools down.

229

The coolant level should be at or above “FULL COLD.” If it isn’t, you
may have a leakin the radiator hoses, heater hoses, radiator, water pump
or somewhere else in the cooling system.

A CAUTION:
Heater and radiatorhoses, and otherengine parts, canbe very
hot. Don’t touch them. If you do, you can be burned.
Don’t run the engine if there is a leak. If you run the engine, it
could lose all coolant. That could cause an engine fire, and you
could be burned. Get any leak
fixed before youdrive the vehicle.

If there seems tobe no leak, check to see if the fan or if equipped electric
engine fans are running. If the engineis overheating, bothfans should be
running. If they aren’t, your vehicle needs service.

1.

-

.

-

How to Add Coolant to the Coohnt Recovery Tank

-

If you haven’t found a problem yet, but the coolant level isn’t at orabove
“FULL COLD,” add a 50/50 mixture of clean water (preferably distilled)
and a proper antifreeze at the coolant recovery tank. (See “Engine
Coolant” in the Index for more information aboutthe propercoolant

mix.)
-,

A CAUTION:
I
I
I

Adding only plain water to yourcooling system can be
dangerous. Plain water, or some other liquid like alcohol, can
boil before the propercoolant mix will. Your vehicle’scoolant
warning system is set for the proper coolant mix. With plain
water or thewrong mix,your engine could get too hot but you
wouldn’t get the overheat warning. Your engine could catch fire
and you or others could be burned. Use a 50/50 mix of clean
water and a pmqer antifreeze.

231

i

A CAUTION:
You can be burned if youspill coolant on hot engine parts.
Coolant contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if theengine
parts are hot enough. Don’t spill coolant on a hot engine.

When the coolantin the coolantrecovery tank is at or above “FULL
COLD,” start your vehicle.

If the overheatwarning continues, there’s one more
thing you can try.
You can add the proper coolantmix directly to theradiator, but be sure
the cooling system is cool before you do it.

232

T
Y

A CAUTION:
Steam and scalding liquids froma hot cooling system can blow
out and burnyou badly. Theyare under pressure, and
if you
-- even a little -- they can come
turn the radiator pressure cap
out at high speed. Never turn the capwhen the cooling system,
including the radiator pressure
cap, ishot. Wait for the cooling
system and radiator pressure cap
to cool if you ever haveto turn
the pressurecap.

233

How to Add Coolant to the Radiator
You can remove the radiator pressure cap when the cooling system,
includinp the radiator pressure cap and upper radiatorhose, is no longer
hot.

-

r

u

1. Turn the pressure
cap slowly to the
left until itfirst
stops. (Don’t
press down while
turning the
pressure cap.)

7
‘U
I!
r
U

If you hear a hiss, wait for that to stop. A hiss means there is still some
pressure left.

2. Then keep turning
the pressure cap,
but now push
down as you turn
it. Remove the
pressure cap.

.

L

r

3. Fill the radiator
with the proper
mix, up to the

of

base the filler
neck.

I

5. Put the cap back
on thecoolant
recovery tank, but
leave the radiator
pressure cap off.

6. Start the engine
and let it run until
you can feel the
upper radiator
hose getting hot.
Watch out for the
engine fans.

7. By this time the coolant level inside the radiatorfiller neck maybe

lower. If the level is lower, add moreof the propermix through the
filler neck until the level reaches the base of the filler neck.

1

u

8. Then replace the
pressure cap. Be
sure thearrows on
the pressure cap
line up like this.

IF A TIRE GOES FLAT
--

__
__

__

__

---

It’s unusual for a tire to “blow out” while you’re driving, especially if you
maintain your tires properly. If air goes out of a tire, it’s much more likely
to leak out slowly. But if you should ever have a “blowout,” here are a
few tips about what to expect and what to do:
If a front tirefails, the flat tire will create a drag that pulls the vehicle
toward that side. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal andgrip the
steering wheel firmly. Steer to maintain lane position, then gently brake
to a stop well out of the traffic lane.
A rear blowout, particularly on a curve, acts much like a skid and may
require the samecorrection you’d use in a skid. In any rear blowout,
remove your foot fromthe accelerator pedal.Get thevehicle under
control by steering the way you want the vehicle to go. It may be very
bumpy and noisy, but you can still steer. Gently brake to a stop, well off
the road if possible.
If your tire goes flat, the next section shows howto use your jacking
equipment to change a flat tire safely.

CHMGING A FLAT TIRE
._-

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire andwheel damage by driving slowlyto
a level place. Turn on your hazard warning flashers.

237

A CAUTION:
Changing a tire can causean injury. The vehicle can slipoff the
jack androll over you or other people. You and they could be
badly injured. Find alevel place to changeyour tire. To help
prevent thevehicle from moving:
Put the shift lever in “P” (“Park”).
0

Set the parking brake firmly.

0

Wrn off the engine.

I The following steps will tell you how to use the jack and change a tire.

.
1
L

238

4

1

The equipmentyou’ll
need is in the trunk.

Attach thewheel
wrench to thejack bolt
and rotateit clockwise.
That will raise the lift
head.

239

Rear Fender Skirt
If the flat tire is at the rearwheel, you haveto remove the fender skirt
first.

To unlock the fender
skirt, locate the
handles inside the
fender skirt. Push the
handles upand inward,
and thenpull them
down. Gently remove
the skirt by pulling it
toward you. Place it to
one side.

n

~

IC--

3

U

r

Use the flat end of the
wheel wrench. Insert
into the small slot on
the wheel and gently
remove the center
cover. Be careful not
to drop thecover on
the ground, you could
scratch it.

240

_I

Flat Tire
Using the wheel
wrench, loosen all the
wheel nuts. Don’t
;emove them, yet.

Your Cadillac has a
hole in the frame near
each of the wheels. Fit
the lift head into the
hole nearest thewheel
with the flattire,

A CAUTION:
Getting undera vehicle whenit is jacked up is dangerous. If the
vehicle slips off the jack, you could be badly injured or
killed.
Never get under a vehicle when itis supported only bea jack.

I

U
Raise the vehicle by rotating thewheel wrench clockwise. Raise the
vehicle far enoughoff the ground so there is enough room for the spare
tire to fit.
Remove the wheel nuts and take off the flat tire.

-

-

A CAUTION:
Rust or dirton thewheel, or on the partsto which it is fastened,
can make thewheel nuts become loose after a time. The wheel
could come off and cause an accident. When you change a wheel,
remove any rust or dirt
from theplaces where the wheel
attaches to the vehicle. In anemergency, you can usea cloth or a
paper towel to do this; but
be sure to use a scraper orwire
off.
brush later, if you need to,to get all the rust or dirt

n
I

- 1

"

,

Remove any rust or dirt fromthe wheel bolts, mounting surfaces or spart?
wheel.
Place the spareon the
wheel mounting
surface.

..

c i

.&',

- 1::

I

A CAUTION:
r__

k

L

Never use oil or grease on studs or nuts. If you do, the nuts
might comeloose. Your wheel could fall off, causing a serious
accident.

Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in a criss-cross sequence asshown.
r

A CAUTION:
A wheel can becomeloose and even comeoff if the wheelnuts
aren’t tightened properly. This could lead to an accident. Stop
as soon as you can and have the wheel nuts tightened with a
torque wrench.
Don’t try to puta wheel cover on your compact spare tire.It won’t fit.

- Store thewheel cover in the trunk until you have the flat tire repaired or
replaced.

r

245

T

i

Just follow this drawing:

A CAUTION:
Storing a jack, a tire or other equipment in the passenger
compartment of the vehicle couldcause injury. In a sudden stop
or collision, loose equipment couldstrike someone. Storeall
these in theproper 1 ce.
n

---

.d I
246

Reinstall FenderSkirt
Here’s how to put your rear fender skirtback on:
Pull its ha.I .dle down.

1 :

,

Align the lower locator
Tins on each side to
:he skirt.

Align the upper
locator pins and insert
the pins into the holes.

.

n

Push the handles up to lock the skirt in place.

COMPACT SPARE TIRE
Although the compact spare was fully inflated when your vehicle was
new, it can lose air after a time. Check the inflation pressure regularly. It
should be 60 psi (420 kPa). The compact spare is made to go up to 3,000
miles (5000 km), so you can finish your trip and have your full-size tire
repaired or replaced where youwant.Of course, it’sbest to replace your
spare with a full-size tire as soon as you can. Your spare will last longer
and be in good shape in case you need it again.
Your anti-lock brake system warning light maycome onwhen you are
driving witha compact spare. See“Anti-Lock Brake System Warning
Light” in the Index.

Don’t use your compact spare onsome other vehicle.

248

-

u*

i

I

And don't mix your compact spare or wheel
with other wheelsor tires.
its wheel together.
They won't fit. Keep your spare and

* -'.
.

':.-

, F,

.-

.

- ;,:

Storing a jack, a tire, or other equipment in the passenger
compartment of the vehicle could cause injury. In a sudden stop
or collision, loose equipment could strike someone. Store all
these in the proper
place.

,.-IFYOU'RE STUCK: IN SAND,MUD, ICE OR
at you don't wantto do when your vehicle is stuck is to spin your
wheels. The methodknown as "rocking" can helpyou get outwhen
Tw're stuck, but you must use caution.

A CAUTION:

I

If you let your tires spinat high speed, they can explode and you
or otherscould be injured. And, the transmissionor other parts
of the vehicle can overheat. That could cause anengine
compartment fireor otherdamage. When you're stuck, spin the
wheels as little as possible. Don't spin thewheels above35 mph
(55 km/h) as shown on the speedometer.
i

L

Rocking your vehicle toget it out:

First, turnyour steering wheel left and right. That will clear the area
around your front wheels. Then shift back and forthbetween
(Reverse) and a forward gear , spinning the wheels as little as possible.
Release the accelerator pedalwhile you shift, and press lightly on the
accelerator pedal when the transmission is in gear. If that doesn’t get you
out aftera few tries, you may need to be towed out. If you do need to be
towed out, see“Towing Your Cadillac” inthe Index.
“ R 7

250

a ’
I

--

r

SERVICE AND APPEARANCE CARE
Here you will find information about the careof your Cadillac. This Part
begins with service and fuel information, and thenit shows how to check
important fluid and lubricant levels. There is also technical information
about your vehicle, and asection devoted to its appearance care.

SERWCE
Your Cadillac dealer knows your vehicle best and wants you to be happy
with it. We hope you’ll go to your dealer for all your serviceneeds. You’ll
get genuine GM parts and GM-trained and supportedservice people.
We hope you’ll want to keep your GM vehicle all GM. Genuine GMparts
have one of these marks:

w

w

u

A

Doing Your Own Service Work
-

-,

If you want to do someof your own service work, you’llwant to get the
proper Cadillac Service Manual. It tells you much more about how to
service your Cadillac than this manual can. To order the properservice
manual, see“Service Publications” in the Index.
You should keep a record with all parts receipts and list the mileage and
the dateof any service work youperform. See “Maintenance Record”in
the Index.

251

I

A CAUTION:
You can be injured if you try to doservice work on a vehicle
without knowing enough about it.
0

Be sure you have sufficient knowledge, experience, and the
proper replacement parts andtools before you attempt any
vehicle maintenance task.

0

Be sure to use the proper nuts,bolts and otherfasteners.
“English” and “metric” fasteners canbe easily confused. If
you use the wrong fasteners, parts can later break or off.
fall
You could be hurt.

1DOUt

FUEL
Use regular unleadedgasoline rated at 87 octane or higher. It should
meet specifications ASTM D4814 in the U.S. and CGSB 3.5-92 in
Canada. Thesefuels should have the proper additives, so you should not
have to add anything to thefuel.
1 the U.S. and Canada,it’s easy to be sureyou get the right kind of
gasoline (unleaded). You’ll see “UNLEADED” right on thepump. And
only unleaded nozzles will fit into your vehicle’s filler neck.

Be sure the posted octane
is at least 87. If the octaneis less than 87, you
may get a heavy knockingnoise when you drive. If it’sbad enough,it can
damage your engine.
If you’re usingfuel rated at 87 octane or higher and you stillhear heavy
knocking, yourengine needsservice. But don’t worryif you hear a little
pinging noise when you’reaccelerating or driving up a hill. That’s normal,

and you don’t have to buy a higher octane fuel to get
rid of pinging. It’s
the heavy, constant knock that meansyou have a problem.

r

What aboutgasoline with blending materialsthat contain oxygen, such as
MTBE oralcohol?
J

MTBE is “methyl tertiary-butyl ether.’’ Fuel that is no more than15%
MTBE is fine foryour vehicle.
Ethanol is ethyl or grain alcohol. Properly-blended fuelthat is no more
than 10% ethanol is fine for your vehicle.
Methanol is methyl or wood alcohol.

r

Gasolines for Cleaner&r
Your use of gasoline with detergent additives will help prevent deposits
from forming in your engine and fuelsystem. That helps keep your
engine in tune and your emission control system workingproperly. It’s
good for your vehicle, and you’ll be doing your part for cleaner air.

.. --

~

.

c-

-

Many gasolines are now blended with materials called oxygenates.
General Motors recommends thatyou use gasolines with these blending
materials, such as MTBE and ethanol. By doing so, you can help clean
the air, especially in those partsof the country that have high carbon
monoxide levels.
In addition, some gasoline suppliers are now producing reformulated
gasolines. These gasolines are specially designed to reduce vehicle
emissions. General Motorsrecommends that you use reformulated
gasoline. By doing so, you can help clean the air, especially in those parts
of the country that have high ozone levels.

253

You should ask your service station operatorsif their gasolines contain
detergents and oxygenates, and if they have been reformulated to reduce
vehicle emissions.

Li

FUELS IN FOREIGN COUNTMES

c

If you plan ondriving in another country outside the U.S. or Canada,
unleaded fuel may be hard to find. Do not use leaded gasoline. If you use
even one tankful, your emission controls won’t work wellor atall. With
continuous use, spark plugs can get fouled, the exhaust system can
corrode, andyour engine oil can deteriorate quickly. Your vehicle’s
oxygen sensor will be damaged.All of that meanscostly repairs that
wouldn’t be covered by your warranty.
To check on fuel availability, askan auto club, or contact amajor oil
company that doesbusiness in the country where you’ll be driving.
You can also write us at thefollowing address for advice. Just tell us
where you’re going and give your Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).
General Motors of Canada Ltd.
International ExportSales
PO. Box 828
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 7N1, Canada

254

n

,

,t

L4

n l

‘i

,s--

FILLING YOUR TANK

A

CAUTION:

Gasoline vapor is highly flammable. It burns violently, and that
can cause very bad injuries. Don’t smoke if you’renear gasoline
orifyou’re refueling yourvehicle.Keep sparks, flames, and
smoking materials away from gasoline.

c _

__

If you’re refueling your tank using a hydrocarbon recovery nozzle, the
fuel pumpmay shut off before the fuel capacity of your tank reachesfull.
This is a normal condition.If you slow the flow of fuel going into the
tank, it is more likely to fill to capacity without shuttingoff.

Locking Fuel Filler Door (Option)
m

Your vehicle may have the locking fuel filler door.
The cap is behind thelicense plate. Pull down from the topof the license
plate bracket doorto open.

255

I

The filler door is
locked and unlocked
every time you use the
Ipower door locks. If
pushing the powerlock
switch doesn’t unlock
or lock the fuel filler
door, you can usethe
manual lock release
lever, in the trunk.
Move the lever to the
left to unlock the fuel
filler door.

W

_a

w

r

W

To take off the cap, turnit slowly to the left (counterclockwise).
I

A CAUTION:

P

L-

If you get gasoline on you and thensomething ignites it, you
could be badly burned. Gasoline can spray outon you if you
open the fuel filler captoo quickly. This spray can happen
if
your tank isnearly full, and ismore likely in hotweather. Open
the fuel filler cap slowly and wait for any “hiss”noise to stop.
way.
Then unscrew the cap all the

.&

U

When you put the cap back on, turn it to rhe rlgnt untu you near a
clicking noise

7.

256

- CHECKING THINGS UNDER THE HOOD
Hood Release

To open thehood, first
pull the handle inside
the vehicle.

Then go to the frontof
the vehicle and release
the secondary hood
release.

A CAUTION:
An electric fan under thehood can start up and injure
you even
when the engine is not running. Keep hands, clothing and tools
away from any underhoodelectric fan.

A CAUTION:
Things that burncan get on hot engine parts and starta fire.
These include liquidslike oil, coolant, brakefluid, windshield
washer and otherfluids, and plastic or rubber. You or others
could be burned. Be careful notto drop orspill things that
will
burn onto a hot engine.

I

Before closing the hood, be sureall the filler caps are onproperly. Then
just pull the hood down and close it firmly.

ENGINE OIL
If the “Low Oil Level” light on the instrument panelcomes on, it means
you need tocheck your engine oil levelright away. You should check your
engine oil level regularly; the light is an added reminder.
It’s a good idea to check your engine oil every time you get fuel. In order
to get an accuratereading, the oil must be warm and the vehicle must be
on level ground.

c1

u

4

a

Turn off the engine
and give the oil a few
minutes to drain back
into theoil pan. If you
don’t, the oil dipstick
might not show the
actual level.

Pull out thedipstick
slightly. Pinch the end
of the dipstick tube as
you remove the
dipstick to wipe the oil
from it. Then push it
all the way back in.
Now remove it without
pinching the tube,
keepingthe tiplower.

I

-

r

When to Add Oil: If the oil is at or below the ADD line, then you’ll need to
add some oil.But you mustuse the rightkind.Thissectionexplainswhat
kind of oil to use. For crankcase capacity, see “Capacities and
Specifications” in the Index.

I

P

Just fill it enough to put the level somewhere in the proper operating
range. Push the dipstick all the way back in when you’re through.

r

r

__

What Kind of Oil to Use:
Look for three things:
SG
“SG” must be on
the oil container, eitherby itself or combinedwith
other quality designations, such as “SG/CC,” “SG/CD,”“SF,SG,CC,”
etc. These lettersshow American Petroleum Institute( M I ) levels of
quality.

I
_

I

b

I

261

RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY GRADE ENGINE OILS

FOR BESTFUELECONOMY AND COLDSTARTING,SELECTTHE LOWEST
SAE VISCOSITY GRADE OIL FOR THEEXPECTEDTEMPERATURERANGE.

HOT
WEATHER
"C
+ 38
+ BO

+27

I

n

-SAE 1OW-30

(

SAE SW-30

$
J
COLD

WEATHER

'eI
F

-+I

PREFERREDIF NEITHER SAE 5W-30 NOR SAE 1OW-30
GRADE OILS ARE AVAILABLE, SAE 30
GRADE MAY BE USED AT TEMPERATURES
ABOVE 40 DEGREES F (4 DEGREES C).

JT
Lj

DO NOT USE SAE 1OW-40 GRADE OIL OR
ANY OTHER GRADE NOT RECOMMENDED

L

These numbers on an
oil container show its viscosity,or thickness. Do not
use other viscosity oils such as S A E 1OW-40 or S A E 20W-50.
Energy Conserving I1

262

n

Oils with these wordson the containerwill help you save fuel.
This doughnut-shaped logo (symbol) is used on most oil containers to
help you select the correct oil.
You should look for this on the oil container, anduse only those oils that
display the logo.
GM Goodwrench@oil (in Canada, GM EngineOil) meets all the
requirements foryour vehicle.
Engine Oil Additives: Don’t add anything to your oil. Your Cadillac
dealer is ready to advise if you think something should be added.

-.

When to ChangeEngine Oil: Your vehicle is equipped with an engineoil
life indicator (EOLI) feature.Oil change intervals are determinedby the
EOLI and will usually fall at, orbetween, the two recommended
alternative intervals of 3,000 miles (5,000 kilometers) and7,500 miles
(12,500 kilometers), but could be shorter than3,000 miles (5,000
kilometers) under some very severe driving conditions shown in Schedule
I. The system will also indicate the need for an oil change if 7,500 miles
(12,500 kilometers).

When theoil life index reaches 0, the “CHANGEOII? light come on.
This indicates that nooil life remains and the oil should be changed as
soon as possible, but certainly within the next 200 miles (320 km).
The EOLIwill not detectexcessively dusty conditions or engine
malfunctions which may effect the oil. If you drive in dusty areas, change
the engine oil after every 3,000 miles (5,000 kilometers) or 3 months
(whichever comes first), unless instructed to do so sooner by the
“CHANGE O W light.

263

Engine Block Heater Option: A n engine block heater can be abig help if
you have to park outsidein very cold weather, 0°F (-18OC) or colder. If
your vehicle has this option, see “Engine
Block Heater” in the Index.
How To Reset the Oil Life Indicator: After the oil has been changed,
you’ll need toreset your system.To do that, turn the
ignition switch to the
“ON” position with the engine stoppedfully depress andrelease the
accelerator pedal3 times within 5 seconds.

If the “CHANGE OIC‘ light comes on and stays on for 5 seconds, it did
not reset.You’ll need to reset the
system again.
What toDo with Used Oil:

A

CAUTION:

Used engine oil contains things thathave caused skin cancerin
laboratory animals.Don’t let used oil stay on your skin forvery
long. Clean your skinand nailswith soap andwater, or a good
hand cleaner. Washor properly throw away clothing or rags
containing used engine oil.
Used oil can be a real threat
to the environment.If you change your own
oil, be sure to drain all free-flowing oil from the filter before disposal.
Don’t ever disposeof oil by pouring it on the ground, intosewers, or into
streams or bodiesof water. Instead,recycle itby taking it to a place that
collects used oil. If you have a problem properlydisposing of your used
oil, ask your dealer, aservice station ora local recycling center forhelp.

1

:

I

n

264

AIR CLEAlVER
Refer to the
Maintenance Schedule
to determine when to
replace the air filter.

.-

See “Scheduled Maintenance Services” in the Index.

A CAUTION:

c-

~

Operating theengine with the air cleaner off can causeyou or
others tobe burned. The air cleaner not only cleans the air, it
stops flame if the engine backfires. If it isn’t there, and the
engine backfires, you could be burned. Don’t drive with it off,
and be careful working on the engine with the air cleaner off.

265

AUTOMATIC T M S M I S S I O N FLUID
When to Check and Change:

A good time to check your automatic transmission fluid levelis when the
engine oilis changed. Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine
when to change your fluid. See “Scheduled Maintenance Services’’ inthe
Index.

-I

cpr

How to Check
BeC’%’uSe
this operation can be a little difficult, you maychoose to have
this done ata Cadillac dealership Service Department.

r
I

Y

I

”I

If you do it yourself, be sure tofollow all the instructions here, oryou
could get a false reading on the dipstick.

p_

I

NOTICE:

I

Too much or toolittle fluid can damage yourtransmission.
much can mean that some of the fluid could come out and fall
on hot engine parts, starting a fire. Be sure toget an accurate
reading if you checkyour transmission fluid.

Wait at least 30 minutes before checking the transmission fluid levelif
you have been driving:
0

When outside temperatures are above 90” F (32” C).

0
0

At high speed for quitea while.
In heavy traffic -- especially in hot weather.

0

While pulling a trailer.

l

-

n

! ‘
b

To get the right reading, the fluid should be atnormal operating
temperature, which is 180°F to 200°F (82°C to
93OC).

To check transmission fluid hot: Get thevehicle warmed up by driving
about 15 miles (24 km) when outside temperatures areabove 50°F
(10°C). If it’s colder than 50°F (lO°C), drive the vehicle in “D” (3rd
Gear) until the engine temperature gage moves and then remains steady
ten
for
minutes. Then follow hot
the
check procedures.

t
3

_L-

1
<-

266

1

n

-.

To check transmission fluid cold: A cold check is made afte.r the vehicle
has been sitting for
eight hours or more
with the engine off and is used
only as a reference. Let theengine run at idle for five minutes if outside
temperatures are50°F (10°C) or more.If it’s colder than 50°F (lO°C),
you may have to idle the engine longer.A hot check must follow when
fluid is added during acold check.
To check the fluid hot or cold:
0 Park your vehicle on a level place.
Place the shift lever in “P” (Park) with the parking brake applied.

__

With your foot on the brake pedal,move the shift lever through each
gear range,pausing for about threeseconds in each range. Then,
position the shift lever in “P” (Park).

~

0

Let the engine run at idle for threeminutes or more.

Then. without shutting off the engine! followthese s k g s :

2. Push it back in all the way, wait three seconds andthen pull it back out
again.

267

3. Check both sides
of the dipstick,
and readthe
lower level.The
fluid level must be
in the COLD area
for a cold check or
in the HOT area
or cross-hatched
area for a hot
check.

r
I’

i4

n
i;

U

4. If the fluid level is where it should be,push the dipstick back in all the
way.
How to Add Fluid:
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine
what kind of
transmission fluid to use. See “Recommended Fluids
and Lubricants” in
the Index.
If the fluid level is low, add only enough of the proper fluid to bring the
level up to theCOLD area for acold check or theHOT area for a hot
check. It doesn’t take much fluid, generally less than a int. Don’t overfill.
We recommend you use only fluid labeled DEXRON IIE, because fluids
with that labelare madeespecially for you automatic transmission.
Damage causedby fluid other than DEXRON@IIEis not covered by
your new vehicle warranty.
0 After adding fluid,recheck the fluid level as described under “How to
Check.”
0 When the correctfluid level is obtained, push the dipstick back in all
the way.

n
I

L>
Y

8

r

L l

I

r .

I

‘
1

r

REARAXLE
When to Checkand Change Lubricant:

1

Refer to the Maintenance Schedule
to determinehow often to check the
lubricant andwhen to change it. See “Periodic Maintenance Inspections”
in the Index.
How to Check Lubricant:

If the level is belowthe bottomof the filler plug hole, you’ll need to add
some lubricant.Add enough lubricantto raise the level to the bottomof
the filler plug hole.

~

What toUse:
Standard Differential
Use Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 1052271) or S A E 8OW-90 GL-5 gear
lubricant.
Limited-Slip Differential

~

To add lubricantwhen the level is low,use Axle Lubricant (GM Part No.
1052271) or S A E 8OW-90 GL-5 gear lubricant.To completely refill after
draining, add 4 ounces (118 ml) of Limited-Slip Differential Lubricant
Additive (GM PartNo. 1052358). Then fill to the bottomof the filler plug
hole with Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 1052271) or SAE8OW-90 GL-5
gear
lubricant.

ENGINE COOLANT
The propercoolant for your Cadillac will:
Give freezing protection down to -34°F (-37’ C) .
Give boiling protection up to 262°F (128°C) .

_-

__

0

Protect against rust and corrosion.

0

Help keep the proper engine temperature.
Let the warning lights work as they should.

What to Use:

Use a mixture of one-half clean water (preferablydistilled) and one-half
antifreeze that meets“GM Specification 1825-M,”which won’t damage

269

.aluminum parts.You can also use arecycled coolant conformingto GM
Specification 1825-M with a complete coolantflush and refill. Use GM
Engine Coolant Supplement (sealer)
with anycomplete coolant change.
Ifyou use these,you don’t need to add anything else.
,~

A CAUTION:
Adding only plain water toyour cooling system can be
dangerous. Plainwater, or some other liquid like alcohol, can
boil before the propercoolant mix will. Your vehicle’scoolant
warning system is set for the proper
coolant mix. With plain
water or the
wrong mix, your engine could get toohot but you
wouldn’t getthe overheat warning. Your engine could catch fire
and you or otherscould be burned. Use a 50/50 mix of clean
water anda proper antifreeze.

_q

Adding Coolant
To Check Coolant:
When your engine is
cold, the coolant level
should be at“ADD,”
or a little higher.
When your engine is
warm, the level should
be up to“FULL,” or a
little higher.

-.

To Add Coolant: If you need more coolant, addthe proper mix at the
coolant recoverv tank.

Turning the radiator pressure capwhen the engine and radiator
are hot can allow steam andscalding liquidsto blow out and
burn you badly. With the coolant recovery tank, you will almost
never have to add coolant at the radiator. Never turn the
radiator pressure cap-- even a little -- when the engine and
radiator arehot.

I
~

Add coolant mix at the recovery tank, but becareful not to spill it.

I

A

CAUTION:

You can be burned if you spill coolanton hot engine parts.
Coolant containsethylene glycol, and itwill burn if the engine
parts are ’ enough. Don’t spill coolanton a hot engine.

RADIATOR PRESSURE CAP

When you replace your radiator pressure cap, an AC' cap is
recommended.

r

u

THERMOSTAT
Engine coolanttemperature is controlled by a thermostatin the engine
flow of coolant through the
coolant system. The thermostat stops the
radiator until the coolant reaches a preset temperature.
U

When you replace your thermostat, anAC@thermostat is recommended.

POWER STEEMNG FLUID

272

-n
U

_q

-

-

How To CheckPower Steering Fluid:

Unscrew the cap andwipe the dipstick with a clean rag. Replace the cap
and completely tighten it. Then remove the capagain and look at the
fluid level on the dipstick.
0

When theengine
compartment is
hot, the level
should be at the
“HOT”mark.

0

When theengine
compartment is
cool, the level
should beat the
“FULL COLD”
mark.

What to Add:
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule
to determine what kind of fluid to
use. See “Recommended Fluids and Lubricants” in the Index.

273

WINDSHIELD WASHERFLUID
To Add:

When using concentrated washer fluid, follow the

cause the sdution to freeze and damage your washer
fl
tank and otherparts of the washer system.Also, water
doesn't clean as well as washer fluid.
Fill

Sner fluid

c-

c

tank

4

I

7

L

274

I

I

--

~

__

There areonly two reasons why the brakefluid level in your master
cylinder might go down. The first is that the brakefluid goes down to an
acceptable level during normal brake lining wear. When new linings are
put in, the fluid level goes back up. The otherreason is that fluid is
leaking out of the brakesystem. If it is, you should have your brake
system fixed, since a leak means that sooner or later your brakes won’t
work well, or won’t work at all. So, it isn’t a good idea to “topoff” your
brake fluid. Adding brakefluid won’t correct a leak. If you add fluid when
your linings are worn, then you’ll have too much fluid when you get new
brake linings. You should add (or remove) brake
fluid, as necessary, only
when work is done on the brake
hydraulic system.

A CAUTION:
If you have too much brake fluid, it
can spill on the engine. The
fluid will burn if theengine is hot enough. You or others could
be burned, and your vehicle could be damaged.
Add brake fluid
only when work is done on the brake hydraulic system.

275

i

L..

Refer to theMaintenance Scheduleto determinewhen to check your
brake fluid. See “Periodic Maintenance Inspections”
in the Index.

To Check BrakeFluid:

I

You can check the brake fluid without taking off the cap. Just look at the
windows on the brakefluid reservoir. The fluid levels should be above
“MIN.” If they aren’t, have your brake system checked to see if there is a
leak.

7-

%

After work is done on the brake
hydraulic system, make sure thelevels
are above “MIN” andbelow the topof each window.

What to Add:
When you do need brakefluid, use only DOT-3 brake fluid -- such as
Delco Supreme11 (GM Part No. 1052535). Use new brake fluid from a
sealed container only.
@

L

276

1

REPLACING BRAKE SYSTEM PARTS
The braking system on a modern vehicle is complex. Its many parts have
to beof top quality and work well together if the vehicle is to have really
good braking. Vehicles we design and test have top-quality GM brake
parts in them, as your Cadillac does when it is new. When you replace
parts of your braking system -- for example, when your brake linings wear
down and you have to have new ones putin -- be sureyou get new
genuine GM replacement parts. If you don’t, your brakes may no longer
work properly. For example, if someone putsin brake linings that are
wrong for your vehicle, the balance between your front and rear brakes
can change, for theworse. The braking performance you’ve come to
expect can change in manyother ways if someone putsin the wrong
replacement brake parts.

BATTERY
Every new Cadillac has a Delco Freedom’ battery. You never have to
add water to oneof these. Whenit’s time fora new battery, we
recommend a Delco Freedom@ battery.
Get one thathas the catalog
number shown on the original battery’s label.

277

Vehicle Storage

c-

If you’re not going to drive your vehicle for 25 days or more, take off the
black, negative (-) cable from the battery. This will help keepyour battery
from running down.

~

c-

I

A

I

CAUTION:

Fa

Batteries have acid that can burn you and gas thatcan explode.
You can be badly hurt if you aren’t careful. See “Jump Starting”
in the Index for tipson working around a battery without
getting hurt.

Contact your dealer to learnhow to prepare your vehicle for longer
storage periods.

m O G E N BULBS

I

I

,:I

km..A

-

‘

I

I

LJ

A CAUTION:
Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas insideand can burstif you
drop or scratch the
bulb. You or otherscould be injured. Take
special care when handling anddisposing of halogen bulbs.
r

r

u

278

Cornering Lamp Bulb Removal
Here's how to change the bulb:

I

0

Open the hood
and remove the
screw securing
cornering lamp
housing.

0

Gently pull out
the cornering
Lamp.

n

-

Once you have replaced the bulb just reverse the steps to reassemble
the cornering lamp.

Halogen HeadlightBulb Removal
Here's how to change the bulb:

-.

1. Rotate the
headlight housing
socket
counterclockwise
to unlock the
socket from the
lamp housing.

280

n

- I

2. Gently remove
headlight housing
socket and bulb.

-

b

3. Disconnect the
socket from the
harness by
separating locking
clip.

14.

Install new bulb
and socket and
connect the wiring
harness. Make sure
that harness is
locked to bulb
socket.

L.3

5. Install the headlight housing socket into the headlamp assembly.

TMLLIGHT BULB REPLACEMENT
1. Remove the upper
screw from the
bezel.

r-p

L-B

282

2. Pull the upper
portion from the
extension housing,
then gently lift up
to remove the
bezel.
.

I

3. Remove the lower
taillight housing
screw.

1

284

,

r
i

5. Press the bulb
socket housing
lever and-rotate the
socket housing
counterclockwise to
remove it.

I

285

6. To remove the bulb,
push it in and
rotate it
counterclockwise.

7. Install bulb and
socket into taillight
housing by turning
it clockwise. Be
sure it locks into
place.

286

p

_

d

n
L

Once you have
installed the new
bulb and socket
into thehousing,
just reverse the
steps to assemble
the taillight. Make
sure when installing
the chromebezel
that you insert the
two prongs at the
bottom first.

Lamp Housings - Exterior
-

-_

Your Cadillac’s lamp housings are designed with small vents so moisture
will be removed when the lights are on, or
after driving for a short time.

CENTER HIGH MOUNTED STOPLAMP
BULB REPLACEMENT
1. Gently pry up on
trim, like this.

287

n

,

.. .

p1

n
f:

r:
r
t

'

If you only want to replace thewiper insert, folJow these steps:

r
It-

f

'

2. Now pull the insertfrom the blade housing.

289

I

I

3. Reinstall the new
insert by aligning
the bladehousing
tabs and the edge
of the insert. Make
sure that the insert
is connected to all
the housing tabs.

4. Install the wiper blade assembly to the wiper arm.

L O m I N G YOUR VEHICLE
TIRE-LOADINGINFORMATION
VEHICLE CAP. WT.
OCCUPANTS
RR. TOTAL
LBS.
KG
FRT.
CTR.
MAX. LOADING & GVWR SAME ASVEHICLE
CAPACITY
WEIGHT
XXX
COLD
TIRE
TIRE SIZE
SPEED
PRESSURE
RTG
PSVKPa
FRT.
R R.

\

SPA.
IFTIRESAREHOT.
ADD 4PSV28KPa SEE
OWNER’S MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION

GEN G M E

Two labels on your vehicle show how much weight it may
properly carry.
The Tire-Loading Information label found on thedriver’s door tells you
the propersize, speed rating and recommendedinflation pressures for

290

n

the tires onyour vehicle. It also gives you important information about
the numberof people that can be in your vehicle and the total weight that
you can carry. This weight is called the Vehicle Capacity Weight and
includes theweight of all occupants, cargo, andall nonfactory-installed
options.

MFD BY GENERAL MOTORS CORP
DATEGVWRGAWR
FRT GAWR RR

THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE U.S. FEDERAL
MOTOR
VEHICLE
SAFETY,BUMPER, AND THEFTPREVENTION STANDARDS IN EFFECT ON
THE
DATE OF MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE.

GEN GME /

\

The other labelis the Certificationlabel, found on the rear edge
of the
driver’s door. It tells you the grossweight capacity of your vehicle, called
the GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). The GVWR includes the
weight of the vehicle, all occupants, fuel and cargo. Never exceed the
GVWR foryour vehicle, or theGross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for
either the frontor rear axle.
And, if you do have a heavy load, you should spread it out. Don’t carry
more than 200 pounds (90 kg) in your trunk .

A
I
I

CAUTION:

Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the
maximum front and rear GAWRs. If you do, parts on your
vehicle can break, orit can change theway your vehicle handles.
These could cause you to lose control. Also, overloading can
shorten the life of your vehicle.

291

1 DTICE
’I

Y ~ I

because of overloading.

If you put things inside your vehicle -- like suitcases, tools, packages, or
anything else -- they will go as fastas the vehicle goes. If you have to stop
or turn quickly, or if there is a crash, they’ll keep going.

ic.

A CAUTION:
Things you put insideyour vehicle can strike and injure
people
in a sudden stop or turn, or
in a crash.
Put things in the trunk of your vehicle.
far forward as you can. Try to spread
In a trunk, put them as
the weight evenly.
Never stack heavier things, like suitcases, inside thevehicle
so that some of them are above the tops of the seats.

When you carry something inside thevehicle, secure it
whenever you can.
Don’t leave a seat folded down unless you need to.

TIRES
We don’t make tires. Your new vehiclecomes with high quality tires made
by a leading tire manufacturer. These tiresare warranted by the tire
manufacturers and their warrantiesare delivered with every new Cadillac.
If your spare tireis a different brand thanyour road tires, you will havea
tire warranty folder from eachof these manufacturers.

292

- 1
C

I

A CAUTION:
Poorly maintained andimproperly used tiresare dangerous.
Overloading your tires can cause overheating
as a result of
too much friction.You could have an air-out and a serious
accident. See “”Loading Your Vehicle”in theIndex.

I
0

--

i

I

Overinflated tires are morelikely to be cut, punctured, or
broken by a sudden impact, suchas when you hit a pothole.
Keep tires at the recornmended pressure.

I
@

_c

-

Underinflated tires pose the same danger as overloaded
tires. The resulting accidentcould cause seriousinjury.
to maintain the recommended
Check all tires frequently
pressure. Tire pressure shouldbe checked when your tires
are cold.

Worn, old tires cancause accidents. If your tread is badly
worn, or if your tireshave been damaged, replace them.

Inflation - Tire Pressure
The Tire-Loading Information labelwhich is located on thedriver’s door
shows the correctinflation pressures for your tires, when they’re cold.
“Cold’’ means your vehicle has been sitting for at least three hours or
driven no more than amile.

293

ea
When to Check Check your tires once a month or more.
Don't forgetyour compact spare tire.It should be at 60 psi (420 kPa).

How to Check Use agood quality pocket-type gage to check tire
pressure. Simply looking at the tires
will not tell youthe pressure,
especially if you have radial tires-- which may look properly inflated even
if they're underinflated.

If your tires have valvecaps, be sureto put themback on. They help
prevent leaks by keeping out dirtand moisture.
Your tire pressures are:
Front and rear - 30 psi (210 kPa)
Optional Limousinepackages:
Front and rear - 35 psi (241 kPa)
Recommended tiresize is:
0 P235/70R15 (Front and rear)
0 T145/80D16 (Compact spare)
0 P235/75R15 XL (Coach Builder Option)

d
n

'dI
294

P

-

Tire Inspection and Rotation
To make your tires lastlonger, have them inspected and rotated at the
mileages recommended in the MaintenanceSchedule. See “Scheduled
Maintenance Services” in the Index. Use this rotation pattern.
FRONT
with full size spare

FRONT
with compact spare

A

I
cs

After the tires have been rotated, adjust the front and rear inflation
pressure as shown on the Tire-Loading Information label. Make certain
that all wheel nuts areproperly tightened. See “Wheel NutTorque” in the
Index.

A CAUTION:
r

Rust or dirton a wheel, or on the parts to which it is fastened,
can make wheel nuts become loose after a time. The wheel could
come off and cause an accident. When you change a wheel,
remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to
the vehicle. In anemergency, you can use a cloth or a paper towel
to do this; but be sure to use a scraper or wire brush later, if you
need to, to get all the rust or dirt off. (See “Changing a Flat Tire”
in the Index.)

295

When It’s Time for New Tires

n

One way to tell when
it’s time for new tires
is to check the
treadwear indicators,
which will appear
when your tires have
only 2/32 inch (1.6
mm) or less of tread
remaining.

I

,

Lrrl

n

U

You need a new tire if
You can see the indicators at three places around the tire.
0

i

You can see cord or fabricshowing through the tire’s rubber.
The tread orsidewall is cracked, cut or snagged deep enough to show
cord or fabric.

0

The tire has a bump, bulge or split.
The tire has a puncture, cut,
or other damage that can’t be repaired
well because of the size or location of the damage.

r?,

u

Buying New Tires
To find out what kind and size of tires you need, look at theTire-Loading
Information label.
The tires installed on your vehicle whenit was new had a Tire
Performance CriteriaSpecification (TPC Spec) number oneach tire’s
sidewall. When you get new tires, get ones with that sameTPC Spec
number. That way, your vehiclewill continue to have tires that are
designed to give proper endurance, handling, speed rating, traction, ride
and other things during normal service on your vehicle. If your tires have
an all-season tread design, the TPC number will be followed by a “MS”
(for mud and snow).
n

296

If you ever replace your tires
with those nothaving a TPC Spec number,
make sure theyare the same
size, load range, speed rating and
construction type (bias, bias-belted or radial)as your originaltires.

A CAUTION:
Mixing tires couldcause you to lose control, while driving. you
If
mix tires of differentsizes or types (radial and bias-belted
tires), the vehiclemay not handle properly, and you could havea
crash. Be sure to use the same size and type tires on all wheels.

I

It's all right to drive with your compact spare, though.
It was
developed forlimited use on your vehicle.

i
I

Ungorm Tire Quality Grading
The following information relatesto thesystem developed by the United'
States NationalHighway Traffic Safety Administration which grades tires
by treadwear, traction and temperature performance.
(This applies only
to vehicles sold in the United States.)

I

Treadwear

r
I

.

F
1 . J

-and

The treadwear gradeis a comparative rating based
on thewear rateof
the tirewhen tested under controlled conditions
on a specified
government test course. For
example, a tire graded150 would wear one
and ahalf (11/2) times as wellon the government course as a tire graded
100. The relative performanceof tires depends upon the actual
conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the
norm due to variations
in drivinghabits, service practices anddifferences
in road characteristics andclimate.

Traction - A , B, C
The traction grades,
from highest to lowest are: A, B, and C. They
represent thetire's ability to stop onwet pavement as measured under
controlled conditionson specified government test surfaces
of asphalt
concrete. A tire markedC may havepoor traction performance.

!

I

I

7

.

.J

Warning: The traction gradeassigned to this tire is based on braking
(straight-ahead) traction tests and does notinclude cornering (turning)
traction.

Temperature - A, B, C
The temperaturegrades are A (the highest), B, and C, representing the
tire's resistance to the generationof heat and its ability to dissipate heat
when tested under controlledconditions on a specified indoor laboratory
test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the materialof the tire
to degenerate and reduce tire
life, and excessive temperature can lead to
sudden tire failure.The grade C corresponds to alevel of performance
which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor
Vehicle
Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels of
performance on thelaboratory test wheel than the minimum required by
law.

3I

Warning: The temperature gradefor this tire is established for a tirethat
is properly inflated and not overloaded.Excessive speed, underinflation,
or excessive loading, either separatelyor in combination, can cause heat
buildup and possible tire failure.
Those gradesare molded on the sidewalls of passenger car tires.
While the tires available as standard oroptional equipment on General
Motors vehicles may vary withrespect to these grades, all such tires meet
General Motors performance standardsand have been approved for use
on General Motorsvehicles. All passenger type (P Metric) tires must
conform to Federal safety requirements in addition to thesegrades.

'WheelAlignment and Tire Balance

c

U

I

The wheels on your vehiclewere aligned and balanced carefully at the
factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance.
In most cases, you will not need to have your wheelsaligned again.
However, if you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pullingone way
or the other, the
alignment may need to be reset.If you notice your
vehicle vibrating when drivingon a smooth road,your wheels may need
to be rebalanced.

n

9
u

298

Wheel Replacement
Replace any wheel that is bent, cracked or badly rusted. If wheel nuts
keep coming loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel nuts shouldbe
replaced. If the wheel leaks air out, replace it (except some aluminum
wheels, which can sometimes be repaired). Seeyour Cadillac dealer if any
of these conditionsexist.
Your dealer will know the kind of wheel you need.
Each new wheel should have the same load carrying capacity, diameter,
width, offset, and be mounted the same
way as the oneit replaces.

If you need toreplace any of your wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel nuts,
replace them only with new GM original equipment parts.This way, you
will be sureto have the right wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel nuts foryour
Cadillac model.

I

1

A CAUTION:
Using the wrong replacement wheels, wheelbolts, or wheel nuts
on yourvehicle can be dangerous. It could affect the braking
and handlingof your vehicle, make yourtires lose air and make
you lose control. You could have a collision in which you or
others could be injured. Always use the correctwheel, wheel
bolts, and wheel nuts for replacement.

Vcsd Redacement Wheels

n
I

’

U

A CAUTION:
Putting a used wheel on your vehicleis dangerous. You can’t
know how it’s beenused or how many miles it’s been driven. It
could fail suddenly andcause an accident. If you have to replace
a wheel use a m GM orininn1equipment wheel.
I

Tire Chains

1

4.

2’

n

11f

H

A CAUTION:

I

Cleaning products canbe hazardous. Some are toxic. Others
can burst intoflame if you strike a match orget them on a hot
part of the vehicle. Someare dangerousif you breathe their
fumes ina closed space. When you use anything ina container
to clean your Cadillac, be sure to follow the instructions.And
always open your doorsor wiridows when you're cleaning the
inside.
Never use thesetu clean your vehicle:

0

Benzene
CAUTION: (Continued)

301

CAUTION: (Continued)

I

0

Naphtha

0

Carbon Tetrachloridc

0

Acetone

0

Paint Thinner

0

Tbrpentine

0

Lacquer Thinner

0

Nail Polish Remover

I

They can all be hazardous -- some more than others -- and they
too.vehicle,
can your
all damage

I

I
,.-.

-

.

,.. . ..

.-. :
,
.

:, -.

-~
.

I

NOTICE:
Don’t use anv of these unless this manual savs vou can. In manv

“I

CLEANING THE INSIDE OF YOUR
CrnILUC
Use a vacuum cleaner oftento get rid of dust and loose dirt. Wipe vinyl
with a clean, damp cloth.
Your Cadillac dealer has two GM cleaners -- a solvent-type spot lifter and
a foam-type powdered cleaner. They will clean normal spotsand stains
very well.

n
-

i

J

n

302

r

Here are somecleaning tips:
r

Always read the instructions on the cleaner label.
Clean up stainsas soon as you can -- before they set.
Use a clean cloth or sponge, and
change to a clean area often. A soft
brush may be used if stains are stubborn.
Use solvent-type cleaners in a well-ventilated area only. If you use
them, don't saturate the stained area.

If a ring forms after spotcleaning, clean the entire areaimmediately
or it will set.

USING FOA2M-T"E CLEANER ON FABRIC
Vacuum and brush the area toremove any loose dirt.
Always clean a whole trim panel or section. Mask surrounding trim
along stitch or welt lines.
Mix Multi-Purpose Powdered Cleaner following the directions on the
container label.
Use suds only and apply with a clean sponge.
Don't saturate the material.
Don't rub it roughly.
As soon as you've cleaned the section, use a sponge to remove the
suds.
Rinse the section with a clean, wet sponge.
Wipe off what's left with a slightly damp paper towel or cloth.
Then dry it immediately with an air hose, a hairdryer or a heat lamp.

0

Wipe with a clean cloth.

303

1

USING SOLVE’NT-TJTECLEANER ON
FmMC

n

uI 1 1

First, see if you have to use solvent-type cleaner at all. Some spots and
stains will clean off better with just water and mild soap.

If you need touse it, then:
e Gently scrapeexcess soil from the trim material with a clean, dull
knife or scraper. Use very little cleaner, light pressure and clean cloths
(preferably cheesecloth).Cleaning should start at the outside
of the
stain, “feathering”toward the center. Keepchanging to a clean
section of the cloth.
When you clean a stain from fabric, immediately dry the areawith an
air hose, hair dryer, or heat lamp to help prevent a cleaning ring. (See
the previous NOTICE.)

’.

--

SPECIAL CLEANING PROBLEMS
Greasy or Oily Stains: Like grease, oil, butter, margarine, shoepolish,
coffee with cream, chewing gum, cosmetic creams, vegetable oils, wax
crayon, tar and asphalt.
0

Carefully scrape off excess stain.
Then follow the solvent-type instructions above.
Shoe polish, wax crayon, tar and asphalt will stain if left on avehicle
seat fabric. They should be removed as soon as possible. Be careful,
because the cleanerwill dissolvethem and may cause them to bleed.

Non-Greasy Stains: Like catsup, coffee (black), egg, fruit, fruitjuice,
milk, soft drinks, wine, vomit, urine and blood.
7

Carefully scrape off excess stain, then sponge the soiled area with cool
water.
0

0

If a stain remains, follow the foam-type instructions above.
If an odor lingers after cleaning vomit or urine, treat thearea with a
waterbaking soda solution: 1 teaspoon (5 ml) of baking soda to 1cup
(250 ml) of lukewarm water.
Finally, if needed, clean lightly with solvent-type cleaner.

304

U

n
U

P
-

i

Combination Stains: Like candy, ice cream, mayonnaise, chili sauce and
unknown stains.

Carefully scrape off excess stain, then clean with cool water and allow
to dry.

If a stain remains, clean it with solvent-type cleaner.
_
I

_-

CLEANING WIWZ OR LEATHER
Just use warm water and aclean cloth.
e Rub with a clean, damp cloth to remove dirt. You may have to do it
more thanonce.
Things like tar, asphalt and shoepolish will stain if you don’t get them
off quickly. Use a clean cloth and
solvent-type vinyl/leather cleaner.

c _

CLEANING THE TOP OF THE
INSTRUMENT PANEL
Use only mild soap and waterto clean the topsurfaces of the instrument

- panel. Sprays containing silicones or waxes may cause annoying

reflections in the windshield and even make it difficult to see throughthe
windshield under certain conditions.
__

Care Of Wood Panels
-

Use a clean cloth moistened in warm soapy water, (use mild dish
washing soap). Dry the wood immediately with a clean cloth.
Wood surfaces can be polished using ordinary household furniture
polishes. Apply the polish to a clean cloth, then rubthe cloth on the
wood panel.

305

CARE OF SAFETYBELTS
Keep belts clean anddry.

A CAUTION:
Do not bleach ordye safety belts. If you do,it may severely
weaken them. Ina crash they might not be able to provide
adequate protection. Clean safety belts only with mild
soap and
lukewarm water.

GLASS
Glass should be cleaned often.
GM Glass Cleaner (GM PartNo.
1050427) or a liquid household glass cleaner will remove normal tobacco
smoke and dustfilms.
Don’t use abrasive cleaners onglass, because they may cause scratches.
Avoid placing decals on the inside rear window, since they may have to be
scraped off later. If abrasive cleaners are used on theinside of the rear
window, an electricdefogger element may be damaged.A n y temporary
license should not be attached
across the defogger grid.

CLEANING THE OUTSIDE OF THE
WINDSHIELD AND m P E R BLADES
If the windshield isnot clear after using the windshield washer, or if the
wiper blade chatterswhen running, wax or other materialmay be on the
blade orwindshield.
Clean the outside of the windshield withGM Windshield Cleaner,
No. 1050011). The windshield is clean if
Bon-Ami Powder@ (GM Part
beads do not form
when yourinse it with water.
Clean the blade by wiping vigorously witha cloth soaked in fullstrength
windshield washersolvent. Then rinse the bladewith water.
Wiper blades should bechecked on a regular basis and replacedwhen
worn.

306

- CLEANING THE OUTSIDE OF YOUR
CADILLAC

- The paint finish on your vehicle provides beauty, depth of color, gloss
retention anddurability.
__

.-

Washing Your Khicle
The best way to preserve your vehicle’s finish isto keep it clean by
washing it often with lukewarm or cold water.

Don’t wash your vehicle in the direct rays of the sun. Don’tuse strong
soaps or chemical detergents. Useliquid hand, dish or carwashing
-~
(non-detergent) soaps. Don’t use cleaning agents that contain acid or
abrasives. All cleaning agents should be flushed promptly and not allowed
to dry on thesurface, or they could stain. Dry the finish with a soft,clean
chamois or a 100% cotton towel to avoid surface scratches and water
-_
spotting.
High pressure cadillac washes may cause water to enteryour vehicle.
_-

--

Finish Care
Occasional waxing or mild polishing of your Cadillac may be necessary to
remove residue from the paint finish. You can get GM approved cleaning
products fromyour dealer. (See“Appearance Care and Materials”in the
Index.)
Your Cadillac has a “basecoat/clearcoat” paintfinish. The clearcoat gives
more depth and gloss to thecolored basecoat.

I

1

JC

307

1

WHITE SIDEWALL TIIRES

I

51

Your Cadillac dealer has a GM White Sidewall Tire Cleaner.You can use
a stiff brush with it.

WEATHERSTHPS
These areplaces where glass or metal meets rubber.Silicone grease there
will make themlast longer, seal better, and not squeak.Apply silicone
grease with a clean cloth at least every six months.

SHEETMETAL D M G E
n
If your vehicle is damaged and requi.res sheet metal repairor
P
F
u
replacement, make sure the
body repair shopapplies anti-corrosion
material to the partsrepaired or replaced to restorecorrosion protection.

FOREIGN IMATElUAL,
Calcium chloride and other salts, ice melting agents, road oil and tar, tree
sap, bird droppings, chemicals from industrial chimneys, and other
foreign matter can damage your vehicle's finish if they remain on painted
surfaces. Use cleaners thatare marked safe for painted surfaces for these
stains.

FINISH D M G E
Any stone chips, fractures or deepscratches in the finish should be
repaired right away. Bare metalwill corrode quickly and may develop
into amajor repair expense.

308

c
.
.

'

r

'

'

I.1

Minor chips and scratches can be repaired
with touch-up materials
available from your dealer or otherservice outlets. Larger areas of finish
damage can be correctedin your dealer's body and paint shop.

- UNDERBODYMMNTENAIVCE
Chemicals used for ice and snow removal and dust controlcan collect on
- the underbody. If these are notremoved, accelerated corrosion (rust)can
occur on theunderbody parts such as fuel lines, frame, floor pan, and
exhaust system even though they have corrosion protection.

- At least every spring, flush these materials fromthe underbody with plain
__

.-

I
_

'water. Clean any areas wheremud and other debris can collect. Dirt
packed in closed areas of the frameshould be loosened beforebeing
flushed. Your dealer or an underbodyvehicle washing system can do this
for you.

CHEMICAL, PMNT SPOTTING
Some weather and atmospheric conditions
can create a chemical fallout.
Airborne pollutants can fall upon and attack painted surfaces your
on
vehicle. This damage can take two forms: blotchy, ringlet-shaped
discolorations, and small irregular dark spots etchedinto thepaint
surface.

- Although no defectin the paint jobcauses this, Cadillac will repair, at no
charge to theowner, the surfaces of new vehicles damaged by this fallout
condition within 12 months or12,000 miles (20000 km) of purchase,
- whichever comes first.

309

A P P E M C E CAREM!XTERUL,S C H M T
GM PART
NUMBER

DESCRIPTION

USAGE

32 O Z . (0.946 L)

WASHER
SOLVENT
AND
LINE DE-ICER

1050017

32 OZ. (0.946 L)

POWER STEERING FLUID

POWER STEERING

12 OZ. (0.354 L)

SPRAY-A-SQUEAK

WEATHER STRIPS-STOPS SQUEAKS
ON METAL-TO-METAL AND
METAL-TO-RUBBER CONTACT

OZ. (0.473 TAR
L)

1050173

I 16 OZ. (0.473 L)

1050174

16 OZ. (0.473 L)

GAS

WINDSHIELD WASHING SYSTEM
AND GAS LINE

1051516

1050172
16

I

SIZE

AND ROAD OIL REMOVER

I CHROME CLEANER AND

I

.-

REMOVES OLD WAXES, POLISHES,
TAR AND ROAD OIL
REMOVES RUSTAND CORROSION
ON CHROME AND STAINLESS
STEEL

WHITE
SIDEWALL
TIRE
CLEANER

CLEANS WHITEAND BLACK TIRES

VINYL/LEATHER CLEANER

SPOT AND STAIN REMOVALON
LEATHER OR VINYL
SPOT AND STAIN REMOVALON
CLOTH AND FABRIC

J

GLASS CLEANING AND SPOT
CLEANING ON VINYLS
MULTI-PURPOSE POWDERED
CLEANER

I

CLEANS VINYL AND CLOTH ON
DOOR TRIM, SEATS,AND
CARPET-ALSO, TIRES AND MATS
GREASE FOR HOOD, TRUNK AND
DOOR HINGES AND LATCHES
CLEANING OF VINYL TOPS
7

16 OZ. (0.473 L)

WASH-WAX (CONC.)

EXTERIOR WASH

8 OZ. (0.237 L)

SPOT LIFTER

SPOT AND STAIN REMOVALON
CLOTH AND FABRIC

1051515

32 OZ. (0.946 L)

GM OPTIKLEEN

WINDSHIELD WASHER SOLVENT
AND ANTI-FREEZE

1050201

16 OZ. (0.473 L)

EXTERIOR CLEANER AND POLISH

I

9985286

I 32 OZ. (0.946 L)

MAGIC MIRROR
CLEANER
POLISH

I

1052367

1052870

16 OZ. (0.473 L)

I DEXRONB IIE

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION

GM ENGINE OIL
SUPPLEMENT (E.O.S.)

SEE YOUR DEALER FOR SPECIFIC
USAGE

1052753

1 GAL. (3.785 L)

PERMANENT TYPE
ANTI-FREEZE COOLANT
(ETHYLENE GLYCOL BASE)

YEAR ROUND COOLANT AND
ANTI-FREEZE

1052271

23 OZ. (0.680 L)

GM GEAR LUBRICANT

REAR AXLE

12 OZ. (0.354 L)

LIMITED-SLIP ADDITIVE

REAR AXLE

16 OZ. (0.473 L)

DELCO-SUPREME II BRAKE
FLUID

BRAKE FLUID

I

' I - i

I

-.

J
310

~

r

KEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
(WN)

0

rnIII111I II1111It
I II 1111II 1111I111111111II1111I I I II 1111II 1111I111II

lG6DW527XPR700001

A

1 G 6 DW5 2 7 X P R 7 0 0 0 0 1
NATION OF
ORIGIN
1 = USA

IT-

MANUFACTURER
G = GENERAL
MOTORS

-

T

SEQUENCE

1

MAKE
6 = CADILLAC

1

ASSEMBLY PLANT
R = ARLINGTON, TEXAS

MODEL YEAR

CARLINE/SERIES
DW = BROUGHAM

P = 1993

VIN BODY CODE = BODY TYPE
5 = 69 SEDAN 4 DOOR /
4 WINDOW NOTCHBACK

CHECK DIGIT

ENGINE CODE
7 = 5.7 LITER V8

- RESTRAINTSYSTEM:
2 - ACTIVE (MANUAL) BELTSWITH

DRIVER AND PASSENGERS
INFLATABLE RESTRAINT SYSTEM

311

1
-

This is the legal identifier for your Cadillac. It appears on a plate
in the
front cornerof the instrument panel,on thedriver’s side. You can see it if
you look through thewindshield from outside your vehicle. The VINalso
appears on theVehicle Certification and Service Parts labels and the
certificates of title and registration.

Engine Identification
The eighth characterin yourVIN is the engine code for your GM engine.
This code will help you identify your engine, specifications, and
replacement partsin this section.

n

SERWCE PARTS IDENTIFICATIONLABEL
You’ll find this label on the undersideof the trunklid. It’s very helpful if
you ever need to orderparts. On this label is:
Your VIN.
Its model designation.
A list of all production options and special equipment.
Be sure thatthis label is not removed from the vehicle.

n

ADD-ON ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT

n

I

L-4

312

’

FUSES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS

,
-

The wiring circuits inyour vehicle are protected from shortcircuits by a
combination of Mini Fuses, CircuitBreakers, and Maxi Fuses. This
greatly reduces the chance of fires caused by electrical problems.

.--,

-_~.

~.

If you ever have a problem on the road and
don’t have a spare fuse, you
can “borrow”one of the correct value. Select a feature thatyou can get
along without that is the same value you need -- like the radio or cigarette
lighter -- and use its fuse. Be sure touse a fuse with the same amperage
rating number onit (ie. lOA, 20A, etc.). Replaceit as soon as you can.

~

Instrument Panel FuseBlock
__

To gain access to the fuse block.

-.

.-

313

1
Ol:57

A

15,

I

INSTRUMENT PANEL (I/P) FUSE BLOCK

-5
6

- NOT USED

-

-

7-

-

8-

-

9-

-

10 -

11 -

-

12 13 -

-

T/SIG (15 AMP)
PARWNEUTRALANDBACKUP
LAMP SWITCH
ELECTRIC TURN FLASHER
ABS (IO AMP)
ELECTRONIC BRAKE CNTRL. MOD.
iEBCM)
,RAPWPR (25 AMP)
RETAINED ACCESSORY PWR. (RAP)
RADIO (IO AMP)
RADIORECEIVER
WIPER (25 AMP)
WINDSHIELD WIPER/WASHER
I/P INDC /TELLTAIL (10 AMP)
DIAGNOSTIC ENERGYRESERVE
MOD. (DERM)
LOW COOLANT MOD.
INSTRUMENT PANEL CLUSTER
INDICATORS
NOT USED
CHIME (10 AMP)
CHIME MOD.
SPEED SENSOR BUFFER MOD.
TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH
FCC) DISABLE RELAY
AUTO. DAY/NIGHT MIRROR
REAR DEFOGGER RELAY
CCM (IO AMP)
CENTRAL CNTRL. MOD. (CCM)
THROlTLE POSITION (TP) SENSOR
MOD.
ELECTRONIC LEVEL CNTRL. (ELC)
AIR BAG (IO AMP)
DUAL POLE ARMING SENSOR
CRUISE (10 AMP)
GENERATOR
CRUISE CNTRL.
HTD ST (10 AMP)
DRIVER'S MEMORY SEAT
DRIVER HEATED SEAT
PASSENGER HEATED SEAT
CCM IGN (10 AMP)
CENTRAL CNTRL. MOD. (CCM)
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER:

. ,

-

15 -

-

16 -

-

17 -

-

18 -

-

PWR. MIRRORS
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY/UNVERAL
THEFT DETERRENT RECEIVER
PWR. LUMBAR SEATS
RAP PWR (10 AMP)
TRK PDWN (15 AMP)
TRUNK LID PULL-DOWN UNIT
RETAINED ACCESSORY PWR. RAP)
\
,
HVAC(A0AMP)
STOP LPS (20 AMP)
HVAC SOLENOID MOD.
BRAKE TRANSMISSION SHIFT
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
INTERLOCK IBTSIVSTOP LIGHT
HVAC CNTRL. HEAD
BRAKESW. '
'.
PWR RECL 115 AMPI
RAP BATT (25 AMP)
DRIVER-SCT RECLIfiE SW.
RETAINED ACCESSORY PWR. (RAP)
PASSENGER SEAT RECLINE SW.
WIPER RELAY
PWR LUMB 120 AMP)
HVAC (25 AMP
HVACPWR.M&D.
PWR. LUMBARSEATMOTOR CNTRL
TRK REL (IO AMP)
MOD.
HTD ST 15 AMP)
TRUNK LID RELEASESW.
DRIVER4 AND PASSENGER HEATEL
STARTER (10 AMP)
SEAT CNTRL. MOD. RELAY
STARTER ENABLE REALY
DIAGNOSTIC ENERGY RESERVE
CORNR LP (IO AMP)
MOD. (DERM)
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER:
RADIO CNTRL. HEAD
MIR DEFG (IO AMP)
CORNERING LIGHTS
SIDE VIEW MIRROR DEFOGGERS
INT DIM (IO AMP)
PWR ANT (20 AMP)
TRUNK LAMP
HEADLIGHT SWITCH
- INTERIORLIGHTS
PWR. ANTENNA
- DIMMING
D/INT LPS (15 AMP)
43 - RR T/LPS (IO AMP).
DELAYED INTERIOR LIGHTS (DIL)
- REATTAIL LIGHTS
FRT CIG (10 AMP)
- REARSIDEMARKER LIGHTS
FRONT CIGAR LIGHTER
- LICENSELAMP
RR CIG (20 AMP)
REAR CIGAR LIGHTERS
44 - HZRD LP (20 AMP)
- HAZARDWARNINGFLASHER
HVAC (10 AMP)
45- PWRLK 20AMP)
HVAC CNTRL. ASSEMBLY
- PWR. D o h LOCKRELAY
ABS (25 AMP)
ELECTRONIC BRAKE AND/
C/B 1 - NOT USED
TRACTION CNTRL. MOD.
CIB 2 - RAP PWR (30 AMP
- RETAlNED A C C E S S h PWR. (RAP)
NOT USED
CLUSTER (IO AMP)
RELAY
CIS 3 - PWR ST (25 AMP)
CHIME MOD.
INSTRUMENTCLUSTER:
- DRIVERS PWR. SEAT SW.
LOW ENGINE OILMOD.
- PASSENGER PWR. SEAT SW.
- MEMORY SEAT MOD.
HEADLIGHT SW.
RADIO RECEIVER
C/B 4 - RR DEFG (30 AMP)
- REAR DEFOGGER REALY
CCM (10 AMP)
C/B 5 - HDLP (30AMP)
CENTRAL CNTRL. MOD. (CCM)
PWR LK (10 AMP)
- HEADLIGHT RELAY
- DAMIME RUNNING LIGHTS (DRL)
PWR. DOOR LOCKS
~

314

~

Underhood (UIH) Electrical Center
_-.

The U/H electrical center is located on the passenger side wheel housing
in the engine compartment.
Remove the cover to
gain access.

I

I

3 15

n
I

I-

1

E

rm

I

1

-

-

-

2-

-

-

-

-

-

-

3-

-

-

BODY 1 (50 AMP)

i

I
UNDERHOOD (U/H) ELECTRICAL CENTER
12 - PARK LIGHTS (20 AMP)
- #14 VP-CENTRAL
CNTRL. MOD.

#45 PWR. DR. LOCK RELAY
#36 TRUNK PULL-DOWN
#37 STOP/HAZARD
#38
RECLINE
.. .
.- -. . .- SW.
- ...
#39 PWR.LUMBAR
#40 HEATEDSEAT
#3 PWR. SEAT CIRCUIT BREAKER
$4 REAR DEFOG RELAY CIRCUIT
BREAKER
#44 MIRRORDEFOG
BODY 2 (50 AMP)
#26 I/P-PWR. ANTENNA
#27 l/P-DELAYED INTERIOR
LIGHTS (DIL)
#28 WFRONT CIGAR
#29 I/P-REARCIGAR
#30 I/P-HVAC CNTRL. HEAD
#21 IIP-RAP ACCESSORY RELAY
#22 I/P-HVAC PWR. MOD.
#23 WTRUNK RELEASE
#9 I/P-RADIO
#10 I/P-RAP ACCESSORY
#31 I/P-TRACTIONCNTRL.
#33 GP-TELTALE
#34 I/P-CCM 2
#35 I/P-PWR. DR. LOCK SW.
#I8 U/H-AIR PUMP
#2 CIRCUIT BREAKER I/P-RAP
PWR. RELAY
IGN 1 (50 AMP)
#E I/P-RETAINED ACCESSORY
PWR. (RAP)
#6 I/P-TURNFLASHER
#24 I/P-CRANK
#15 F A I R BAG
#11 IWTELTALE

-

-

4

-

-

5

-

67-

8

-

9

-

10

-

11

-

--

(CCM)
#13 I/P-CHIME
#7 I/P-TRACTIONCNTRL.
#I3 U/H-INJECTORS
#I4 U/H-ENGINECNTRL.
MOD.
(ECW
IN-LINE CONCEALED I/P-REMOTE
KEYLESS ENTRY RECEIVER
IGNITION COIL
IGNS 3 (40 AMP)
#I6 I/P-CRUISE
#I7 I/P-HEATEDSEATS
#18 I/P-CCM IGNITION
#19 WRAP PWR.RELAY
#20 I/P-HVAC CNTRL. HEAD
#17 U/H-COOLING FAN RELAY
ABS (50 AMP)
ANTILOCK BRAKE SYSTEM/
TRACTION CNTRL. (ABSKC)
HYDRAULIC MODULATOR
NOTUSED
PRIMRY CLG FAN (50 AMP)
PRIMARY COOLING FAN RELAY
SCNDRY CLG FAN (50 AMP)
SECONDARY COOLING FAN RELAY
LEVEL CNTRL. (30 AMP)
#15 U/H-ELECTRONIC LEVEL
CNTRL. (ELC)
FUEL PUMP (20 AMP)
#16 U/H-FUEL PUMP
HEADLlGHTSlHORNS 130 AMP)
#I F/L-HORNRELAY '
#2 F/L-HEADLIGHTS RELAY
#5 CIRCUIT BREAKER
I/P-HEADLIGHTS

316

-

-

-

13 -

-

14

-

-

15 -

-

16-

-

17 -

-

18 -

-

AB

-

C-

D

-

#4 F/L-PARK LIGHTS
#5 F/L-FORWARDLIGHTS
#41 I/P-CORNERINGLIGHTS
#42 I/PI-DIMMER
#43 I/P-REAR
TAIL
LIGHTS
INJECTORS (IO AMP)
FUELINJECTORS
ENGINE CNTRL. MOD. (ECM)
EGR/PCM (IGN) (IO AMP)
EXHAUSTGASRECIRCULATION
(EGR) VALVE
AIRPUMPRELAY
PURGECANISTER
LEVEL CNTRL.(20 AMP)
ELECTRONIC LEVEL CNTRL. (ELC)
HEIGHT SENSOR
ELCCOMPRESSOR/RELAY
ASSEMBLY
FUEL PUMP (10 AMP)
ENGINE CNTRL. MOD. (ECM)
FUELPUMPRELAY
FUEL PUMP/OIL PRESSURE SW.
COOLING FANS (1 0 AMP)
SECONDARY COOLING FAN RELAY
COOLING FANS CNTRL. RELAY
AIR PUMP (20 AMP)
AIRPUMPRELAY
NOTUSED
COOLING FANS CNTRL. RELAY
COOLING FAN CNTAL. RELAY
A/C DISABLE RELAY
AIRCOND.DISABLERELAY
FUEL PUMPRELAY
FUELPUMPRELAY

-I
9

Forward Light (FIL) Electrical Center
p
y
l
l

The foward lighting electrical center is located on the driver’s side in
front of the windshield washer fluid container.
Remove the cover to
gain access.

I

317

I

f

I
I

1

C

4

c7 I
c372

FORWARD LIGHTS (F/L) ELECTRICAL CENTER
A NOT USED

1. HORN (25 AMP)
- HORN RELAY (COIL)

7

B DRL RLY
- DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS
(DRL)RELAY

- HORNS
2

HDLP ( I O AMP)
- HEADLIGHT RELAY (COIL)

- DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS

C HORN RELAY
- HORN RELAY

(DRL)RELAY

3 NOT USED
4

PARK LP (20 AMP)
- PARK LIGHT RELAY

5

FRT PARK LP ( I O AMP)
- FRONT MARKER LIGHTS

D PARK LP RELAY
- PARK LIGHTS RELAY

- FRONT SIDE MARKER
LIGHTS
6

NOT USED

318

. .

Instrument Panel Relay Center
This relay center is located left of the steering column in the engine
compartment.

P

1

EMPTY

1I

HEADLIGHT
RELAY

1

TCC RELAY
(IF USED)

I

PARKNEUTRAL
RELAY

1
9723A

-.

Cooling Fan Relay Center (IfEquipped)
This relay center is located on thepassenger side bulk head in the engine
compartment.

COOLING

RELAY

5379A

319

I

-'

h

Headlights
The headlight wiring is protected by a circuit breaker in the light switch.
An electrical overload will cause thelights to go on andoff, or in some
cases to remain off. If this happens, have your headlight wiring checked
right away.

Windshield Wipers
The windshield wiper motor is protected by a circuit breaker and afuse.
If the motor overheats due heavy
to
snow, etc.,the wiper will stop until
the motorcools. If the overloadis caused by some electrical problem and
not snow, etc., be sureto get it fixed.

Power Windows and Other PowerOptions
Circuit breakers in the fuse panel protectthe power windows and other
power accessories. When the current loadis too heavy, the circuit breaker
opens andcloses, protecting the circuit until the problemis fixed or goes
away.

BULB C U T
You can get these fromyour Cadillac dealer.

BULB NO.
DESCRIPTION
1445
Ash Tray Illumination ..................................
2057
Backup Lights .........................................
1141
Center High Mounted StopLight ........................
2057
Cornering Light .......................................
Courtesy Light - Front Door ............................
S214-2
Courtesy Light - Rear Door .............................
S214-2
192
Courtesy/Map Light .....................................
2057NA
Front Parking & Directional Signal ....................
,194
Front Side MarkerLight .................................
194
GloveBox .............................................
Headlight High Beam ......................
906MB4 (H2990 4)
Headlight Low Beam .......................
905/HB3 (K17903)
194
License Plate Light .....................................
2057
Parking Light .........................................

320

SideMarker Lights .....................................
194
Stop, Tail, & Directional Signal Light .....................
2057
Trunk Light .........................................
S 92081
Underhood Light ........................................
93
Vanity Mirror Light .....................................
194
-

NORM& " I N T E N m C E
REPLACEMENT PARTS
Air Cleaner Element ..........................

c-

AC Type A348C
..................................................
6484235
Batte............................................... 78A-72
Fuel Filter Element ..........................
AC Type GF-573
.................................................
10091780
Engine Oil Filter ..............................
AC Type PF25
..................................................
6438261
PCVValve ................................
AC Type CV789C
..................................................
8995284
Spark Plugs (Gap .035) .......................
AC Type 41-9056
..................................................
5614243
Serpentine Drive Belt ..............................
22518599
Serpentine Drive Belt (Heavy Duty) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10186191
Upper Radiator Hose ..............................
10196660
Lower RadiatorHose ..............................
10165061
Radiator Cap .................................
AC Type RC27
..................................................
6410427
Thermostat ........................................
3051139
Transmission Filter .................................
8657926
PanGasket ........................................
8654799

SPECIFICATIONS
5.7 LITER ENGINE
r

Displacement ...............................
.5.7L (350 cu.in.)
No. of Cylinders ..............................
8 - 90 degree V
Power (ACC.to S A E 51349) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 (bhp) @ 3800 rpm
......................................
138 (kW) @ 3800 rpm
Torque (ACCto SAE 51349) . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 (lbs. ft.) @ 2400 rpm
...................................... 400 (Nmm) @ 2400 rpm

321

B o r e . . ....................................
101.6 mm (4.00 in)
Stroke ....................................
.88.4 mm (3.48 in)
Compression Ratio ...................................
9.683
Cast
Iron
Cylinder Block ....................................
Cast Iron
Cylinder Head ....................................
Intake Manifold ..............................
Cast Aluminum
Hydraulic Lifters
Valve System ................................
.49.28 mm (1.94 in)
Intake Valve ..............................
.38.10 mm (1.50 in)
Exhaust Valve .............................
Pistons ........................................... Cast Alloy
1-8-4-3-6-5-7-2
Firing Order ..................................
LeftBank ..........................................
1-3-5-7
Right Bank .........................................
2-4-6-8
15.87
mm
(.625
in)
Camshaft(Width) ..........................
12.70 mm (SO0 in)
Camshaft (Pitch) ...........................
Connecting Rods (Length) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144.78 mm (5.7 in)
Crankshaft ............................................
Cast
Main Bearings .........................................
Five

F

Y

r

Li

ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM
Oil Pressure @ 1000 rpm .....................
6.0 psi (41.2 kPa)
Type of Intake. ....................................
Stationary
Filter System ......................................
Full-Flow

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM

n
U

Radiator Cap Relief Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 psi (104 kPa)
Thermostat Starts To Open ......................
181°F (83OC)
Water Pump Type .................................
Centrifugal
Drive Belt .......................................
Serpentine
Radiator Core .................................
Copper-Brass
Radiator Cooling Fans ...............................
Electric
Radiator Cooling Fan (H.D.) .......................
Centrifugal
n

FUEL SYSTEM
Induction Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Throttle Body Injection (TBI)
System Pressure ..........................
.9-12 psi (62-90 kPa)
Idle Speed ..................................
ECM Controled
Filter Type ...............................
Paper Type Element

322

Fuel Pump ................................
Electric (In Tank)
Fuel Required .........................
Unleaded (87 Octane)

AUTOMMTIC T M S M I S S I O N
Trade Name ...............................
Hydra-Matic 4L60
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-Speed Automatic Torque Converter Clutch
Fluid Required ..............................
DEXRON IIE@

Description .............................
Semi-Floating Hypoid
No. of Differential Pinions .................................
2
Roller
Driving Wheel BearingType ............................
2.56:l
Axle Ratio (Fleetwood) ................................
3.08:l
Axle Ratio (Fleetwood Brougham) ......................
3.73:l
Axle Ratio (Trailer Towing Option) ......................
Axle Ratio (Optional g1/2 Ring Gear) ....................
3.73:l

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS
Air Injection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Air Injection Reaction Pump (AIR)
Exhaust Gas Recirculation.........................
EGR Valve
Catalytic Converter . . . . . . . . . . . Dual Bed, Oxidizing and Reducing
Evaporative Emission Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Charcoal Canister
Crankcase Emission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Positive Crankcase Ventilation
Electronic System ..............................
Closed Loop

EXHAUST SYSTEM
Type ...............................
Single with Crossover Pipe
Muffler ..................................
One-Reverse Flow
Resonator .............................
One-Straight Through
Exhaust Pipe ..................................
Stainless Steel
Intermediate Pipe ...........................
Aluminized Steel
Tail Pipe ...................................
Aluminized Steel

-_ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Voltage ................................................
12
Ground ...........................................
Negative

323

Generator
Regulator

........................................
140 AMP
................................
Integral Solid State

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
Refrigerant-12 (R-12) .........................

3.125 lb (1.4 kg)

Not all air conditioning refrigerants are thesame. If the air conditioning system inyour vehicle needs refrigerant,be sure the proper
refrigerant is used. If you're not sure,ask your Cadillac dealership.
~~

-

-

1

...

. . - i

,

~

FLUID CAPACITIES
Auto Trans (4L60) Pan Removal .................. 5 qts. (4.7 L)
.Auto Trans (4UO Overhaul (245mm Torq. Conv.) .... 8 qts. (7.9 L)
.,Auto Trans (4MO Overhaul (298mm Torq. Conv.) . . 11qts. (10.6 L)
.Engine Oil .......... .-. .......................
4.0 qts. (3.8 L)
"WithFilter Change ............................
5.0 qts. (4.7 L)
Engine Cooling ...............................
.Engine Cooling System (H.D.) ...................
'Fuel Tank .................................
23 gallons (87.1L)
.Power Steering .................................
. 2 qts. (1.9 L)
lRearAxle ....................................
'Washer Solvent ................................

TIGHTEN TORQUE
"SparkPlug ................................
Oil Pan Drain Plug ..........................
'Wheel Lug Nut. ..........................
:Re,arAxle.Filler.Plug
.........
........................
. ~, . .

,

._ ,i,-

:+>

8

-

15 N-m (11 lb. ft.)
41 N-m (30 lb.ft.)
135 N-m (100 lb. ft.)
35 N.m (26 lb.ft.)

'

KlEHICLE DIMENSIONS
Shipping Weight (Fleetwood Brougham) ...... .4361 lbs. (1978 kg)
Shipping Weight (Fleetwood) ................ .4295 lbs. (1948 kg)
'Wheel Base ................................
121.5 in (3085 mm)
'Length ....................................
.224 in (5696 mm)
Height .....................................
.57 in (1451 mm)
Width ......................................
.77 in (1952 mm)

. . ., .
.

..

.
..88

, .
'

--We employtechnicianscertified by the
National Institute for

-,
IL;

AUTOMOTIVE
SERVICE
EXCELLENCE

.-..

Let us show you their credentials

-.

Catalog NumberH-3022
Part Number3532629-B

r

OUR COMMITMENT TO YOUR SATISFACTION
c

We are committed to providing you the finest ownership experiencein the
world, starting the momentyou take delivery of your new Cadillac.
Cadillac offers anothermajor step toward your continued satisfaction...with
Cadillac Roadside Service. Roadside Service is your key to peace of mind
ownership--one that covers you on the road, far from home, all day and
night, and during the weekend. Roadside Service represents the spirit of
luxury leadership atCadillac Motor Car Division. We hope the need never
arises, but if it does, Roadside Service can help.

How Can Roadside Service Help You?
Cadillac Roadside Service with a staff of phone advisors trained in Cadillac
service excellence offers assistance exclusively to Cadillac owners. In many
cases, the advisor can quicklyhelp resolve your car problem over the phone.
--

__

__

w

If the phoneadvisor determines that it may be possible to repairyour car at
roadside and a technician is available, the advisor will arrangeforan
experienced Cadillac dealership technician to contact you, and if appropriate, travel to your location in a specially equipped vehicle and attempt to
repair your car on-site. The Roadside Service vehiclecontains the necessary
tools and parts to complete
most minor repairs to getyou back on the road.
Roadside Service phone advisors and technicians are trainedby Cadillac and
are familiar with your car, which provides a level of serviceknowledge
usually found only at your Cadillac Dealership. Because Roadside Service
assists Cadillac ownersexclusively,your call always
receives top priority and
immediateaction.Should
you requirea
tow truck, locksmith, hotel
accommodations, or other vital services on a moments notice, Roadside
Service will locate and make the arrangements foryou promptly.

1

when Is Roadside Service Available?
Cadillac owners have the peace of mind knowing that Roadside Service is
available 24 hours a day, 365 days a year, as follows:

I

TYPE OF
ASSISTANCE

MONDAY-FRIDAY

I

AND
WEEKENDS
HOLIDAYS

24 Hours

24 Hours

Phone Advisor

Ic _

i

Dealer Technician 5:OO p.m.-12:OO midnight

8:OO a.m.-1200 midnight

LA

7

24 Hours

24 Hours

Outside Service

Where Is It Available To You?
Wherever you drivein the UnitedStates or Canada an advisor isavailable to
assist you over the phone and a dealertechnician will travel to your location
within a 30 mile radius, of a participating Cadillac dealership. If you are not
within a 30 mile radius, we will arrange to have yourcar towed to the nearest
Cadillac dealership or service facility of your choice, after which you may
recontact us for furtherassistance.

.
. .
..

A

2

-.
,

-

,s=-

I
-

-.

..

How Do You Obtain Roadside Service?
Just dial the special toll-free number and an experienced advisor at the
Cadillac Roadside Operations Center will assist you. The advisor will ask
your name, home address,
location and the telephone number
you’re calling
from (avoid usingcredit card phones, since return calls cannot be placed to
you through them), alongwith the location of your Cadillac, the model year,
of the problem.
Vehicle Identification
Number,
and description
a
Remember, Roadside Service is available to drivers of any model year
Cadillac.

Who Will &pair Your Cadillac At Roadside?
In many cases, the advisor at the Roadside Service Operations Center can
provide instructionstoget
youback on the road. Formore complex
problems, the advisor will have an experienced Cadillac Dealership Service
Technician,when available, call you. The technician will evaluatethe
possible cause of the problem and, if you choose, come to your assistance to
attempt a roadside repair.

3

c

What If Your Cadillac Cannot Be Repaired at Roadside?
When you call the Roadside Operation Center, theadvisor will determine if
your car can be repaired at roadside within a reasonable period of time
(approximately 45 minutes). If your car can't be repairedwithin that time or
requires the resources of a Cadillac dealership service facility, the advisor
will arrange tow service for you. Towing may also be necessary after the
technician has attempted a repair, but determines that your car cannot be
repaired at roadside.

cc

n

If arrangements for towing are made by an advisor from the Cadillac
Roadside Operations Center, it is for the convenience of the owner and
company.
During the first
Cadillac is not responsible for the tow
12 month/12,000 mile period towing services are covered for any disablement. Beyond this period, if the repair is covered under the applicable
General Motors New Car Limited Warranty, the towing expense will be
eligible for reimbursementby the servicing Cadillac dealership.

4

-

r

Is There Any Membership Or Enrollment Fee?
There is no membership or enrollment fee for Roadside Service-- any
Cadillac is eligible under this program.
-

-_

While Cadillac Roadside Service is not an auto club, the services and repairs
provided often go beyond those offeredby some auto clubs . Our objective is
to provide immediate assistance to ensure that all Cadillac drivers are
assisted in a professional and timely manner with the help of experienced
Cadillac advisors and dealership technicians.

What Will Roadside Service Cost You

~

I

-

There is no cost to call the toll-free Roadside Service number.

If a dealershipService Technician travels toyour location, there is a nominal
service fee tocover the technician's travel to and from your location. Labor
is charged at one and a half times the Cadillac dealership retail labor rate,
with a 30-minute minimum. There is also a charge for any parts used and a
mileage fee if the technician travels beyond 30 miles.
If the repair toyour car is determined tobe eligible for coverage under the
General Motors New Car Limited Warranty, the participating Cadillac
Roadside Service dealership will arrange fora reimbursement for the total
cost of the repair on the next business day.
5

Additional No ChargeRoadsideServiceSpecialFeaturesForCadillac
Owners:
0

Emergency Road Service Performed at the Scene for the Following
Disablements - during the first 12 month/12,000 mile period.
a
Lock Out Assistance
Battery
Jump
Starts
a
Gas Delivery
Change
0TireFlat
0
Towing Service
Only')Change
(Covers
*Determination of replacement tire under Warranty Coverage must
be made by a Cadillac dealership or appropriate tire manufacturer.

~

~-

-

n

m
:

i

U

r

r
U

n i p Interruption - If your trip is interrupted due toa warranty failure,
incidental expenses may be reimbursed during the 12 months/12,000
mile period. Items covered are hotel, meals and rental car.
0

n i p Routing - Free trip routingassistance is available during the first
four years. Within a week of contacting Roadside Service wlth your
travel plans, Cadillac will provide adetailedtriproulingand
personalized North American Road Altas.

-

-

How Do You Pay For Roadside Service?
Payment is due at thetime the repair is performed. Payment maybe madeby
cash, personal check or any major credit card honored by the participating
Cadillac dealership.

__

i

6

c

_q

p_

-.

What If You’ve Locked Your lveys In The Car?
If your keys are locked inthe car, the technician or locksmith must be given
proof of ownership (original vehicle registration and your driver’s license)
beforeattemptingtoenterthe
vehicle. Thisprecaution is for your
protection. For this
reason we suggest you carry
your vehicle registration and
Gold Key Card which includes a convenient credit card type key. This special
key can be used to unlock either frontdoor or the trunkcompartment.

I

What If Your Car Is In An Unsafe Location Or On A Limited Access
Highway?
~~

~

~~

If your car is located in an area that is determined to beunsafe (by you, the
advisor or thetechnician), or if the vehicle is on a limited access freewayor
regulated highway, the advisor will arrange to tow your Cadillac to a safe
location,where service can be performed. Additional assistance will be
provided if necessary.

7

Other Roadside Services
Cadillac Roadside Service is committed to your total peace of mind and is
staffed by Cadillac-trained phone advisors and technicians to provide phone
or on-site repair assistance. Beyond the coverage period Roadside Service
can also arrange awide variety of other services to assist you, such as:
0
FlatTireChange
0 Tow Service
0 Battery Jump Start
0 Trip Routing
0 Locksmith
0 Fuel Delivery
0 Hotel Information
0 Lost Keys
0 Tmxi
While there is no charge for some of these items during the specified period,
the owner is responsible for any expenses beyond the covered period.
We hope you never need any of the emergency services, but if you do,
Roadside Service can promptly locate and arrange them for you wherever
you travel in the United States orCanada. It’s part of how Cadillac Roadside
Service is dedicated to your continued satisfaction.

Glove Compartment Decal And Wallet Card
The Roadside Service toll-free number is located on a decal in the glove
compartment, on the wallet card in the backof the Gold Key Owner’s
Literature portfolio and on the Gold Key Card you received shortly after
taking delivery of your new Cadillac.

Information To Provide When Calling Cadillac Roadside Service

u i

When you call Cadillac Roadside Service, the advisor will ask your name and
home address,the telephone numberand location you are calling from, the
location of your Cadillac and a description of the problem. The advisor will
ask the following information about your Cadillac:
0

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)

0

This 17 character code is located on the driver’s side top surfaceof the
instrument panel and may be seen through the windshield.
Model and Year
0 Delivery Date
0 Mileage
8

-

-

_.-..-.-.

. . ..

This section will explain how to contact Cadillac need
if you
assistance. It also tells
you
how to obtain service publications and how to report
any safety defects.
This section includes the following:
Customer Satisfaction Procedure
Zone and Central Office Addresses
Customer Assistance for HearingISpeech Impaired
MediatiodArbitration Program
Reporting Safety Defects
Product Service Publications (PSPs)
Owner’s Manuals and Service Manuals

-~

.

~

~

CUSTOM%R SATISFACTION PROCEDURE

Your satisfaction and goodwill are important to your dealer and to Cadillac. Normally,
any problems with the sales transaction or the operation
of your vehicle will be resolved
- by your dealer’s Sales or Service Departments. Sometimes, however, despite the best
intentions of all concerned, misunderstandings can occur. If your concern has not been
resolved to your satisfaction,the following steps should be taken:
._
STEP ONE -Discuss your problem with a member
of dealership management.
Satisfaction can often
be quickly obtained at that level. If the matter has already been
reviewed with the Sales, Service or Parts Manager, contact the General Manager or
owner of the dealership.
-~
STEP TWO - If after contacting a memberof Dealership Management, it appears
your problem cannot be resolvedby the dealership without further help,contact the
Cadillac Consumer Relations Center
24 hours per day by calling 1-800-458-8006
or
if you have an Allant6 call 1-800-ALLAm.
In Canada, contactGM of Canada Customer Assistance Center in Oshawa by calling
1-800-263-3777 ENGLISH or 1-800-263-7854 FRENCH.
-.
InMexico,call1-900-254-17-86.InPuertoRico,
U.S. VirginIslands, call
1-809-763-1315. In all other overseas locations, contact
GM International Export
Sales in Canada by calling1416-644-4112.
~

1

For prompt assistance, please have the following information available to give the
Consumer Relations Representative:

- Your name, address and telephone number
- Vehicle Identification Number (Thisis available from the vehicle registration or

,

title, or the plate attached
to the left top of the instrument panel and
through
visible
the windshield.)

- Dealership name and location
- Vehicle delivery date and present mileage
- Nature of problem
In order to give your inquiry prompt attention, please call the appropriate toll free
number listed. However,you
if wish to write Cadillac, please send
all correspondence to
the respective United States, CanadaGM
or Overseas Central Office address listed on
the following page.
When contacting Cadillac, please remember
yourthat
problem will likely be resolved in
the dealership, using dealership facilities, equipment and personnel. That is why we
suggest you follow Step One first.

7

1

-

CUSTOMER ASSISTANCE FOR THE HEARING OR
SPEECH IMPAIRED
To assist owners who have hearing difficulties, Cadillac has installed special TDD
(TelecommunicationDevicesfortheDeaf)equipment
in itsConsumerRelations
Center. Any hearing or speech impaired customer who has access to a TDD or a
conventionalteletypewriter m y ) cancommunicatewithCadillacbydialing:
users
incan
dial 1-800-263-3830).
1-800-TDD-CMCC. (TDDCanada

n
I

i

u

2

I

*--

ZONE AND CENTRAL OFFICE ADDRESSES
CENTRAL OFFICES
CANADA
Consumer Relations Department
General Motorsof Canada Limited
Oshawa, Ontario L1J 526
1-800-263-3777 (ENGLISH)
1-800-263-7854 (FRENCH)

UNITED STATES
Consumer Relations Center
Cadillac Motor Car Division
2860 Clark
Detroit, Michigan 48232
1-800-458-8006 (24 Hours)
1 - 8 O O - A L L m (Allanths only)
__

INTERNATIONAL EXPORT
SALES
P.O. Box 828
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 7N1
Fax: 416-644-4866
Telex: 82146981215

__

CADILLAC ZONE OFFICES

--

CENTRAL ZONE
Post Office Box 33109
Detroit,
Michigan
48232

LOS ANGELES ZONE
Post Office Box 5018
Thousand Oaks, California
91359-5018

FLORIDA ZONE
Barrette Bank Centre
Fifth Floor
625 North Flagler
West Palm Beach,
Florida 33401

MIDWEST ZONE
Post Office Box3002
Naperville, Illinois 60566
NORTHWEST ZONE
Post Office Box 23850
Oakland, California 94623

MID-ATLANTIC ZONE
Post Office Box 9010
Wayne, Pennsylvania 19087
__1

-

SOUTHWEST ZONE
Post Office Box 660118
Dallas,Texas 75266-01 18

EASTERN
ZONE
Post Office Box 3003
Parsippany, New Jersey 07054

*NOTE: The state
of
Alaska is serviced by
the NorthwestZone.
The stateof Hawaii is serviced
by the L o s Angeles Zone.

SOUTHEAST ZONE
Post Office Box
50256
Atlanta, Georgia 30302
3

GENERAL MOTORS OF CANADA REGIONALOFFICES
CALGARY, AB T2P 3W7
4220 Blackfoot Trail
P.O.Box 2510
1-800-263-3777

TORONTO, ONTARIO M3C lJ1
1200 Eglinton Ave. E.
4 16-359-0588
1-800-263-3777

MONTREAL, QUEBEC
H9R 4R2
5000 Trans-Canada Hwy.
Pointe Claire, Quebec
1-800-263-7854

- 1

r
Y

GENERAL MOTORS OFFICES OVERSEAS
FAR EAST
GM Overseas
Distribution Corp.
Roppongi Fuji Building
2-6 Nishiazabu 3-Chome
Minato-Ku
Tokyo, Japan 106
Telephone: 03-470-3461
Telex: JAPAUTO522776

DUBAI
GMODCflES Middle East
Regional Marketing Office
Dubai International Trade Centre
Level 30
P.O. Box 9233
Dubai, United Arab Emirates
Telex: 46542 GMODC EM

SAUDI ARABIA
GM Overseas
Distribution Corp.
P.O. Box 5784
Jeddah, 21432 Saudi Arabia
Telephone: 02-665-3380
Telex: 401748 GMOT SJ

EUROPE
GMODC/IES Europe RMO
C/O GM Service GMBH
Postfach 1710
D-6090 Ruesselsheim
Federal Republicof Germany
Telephone: 6142-602319 or 312
Telex: 4182841 GMO D
Fax: 6142-82632 or C m ' (02)
PUERTO RICO
U.S. VIRGIN ISLANDS
GM Overseas DistributionCop.
Centro Commercial
san Francisco
Rio Pieckas, Puerto Rim
Mail: G.P.O. Box G-4382
San Juan, herto Rim 00936
Telephone: 809-763-1315
Telex: 3450394
MEXICO
General Motors de Mexico
Consumer Relations Supervisor
Service Department
Apartado Postal 107-BIS
Mexico 1, D.F.
Telephone: 905-245-17-86
Telex: 1763 185

r
u

- 1
I

l

I

t

-'

I

I
i

GM PARTICIPATIONIN BETTER BUSINESS ’BUREAU
MEDIATION/ARBITRATION PROGRAM*

Our experience has shown that the Customer Satisfaction Procedure aescribed earlier i
this section has beenvery successful in achieving customer satisfaction.If you have
discussed a concern with your Dealership management and have not been able to

resolve it, let us know. Questions and concerns are resolved most efficiently if you
telephone or write directlyto our officesas described. However, if you have not been
substantially satisfied, Cadillac wants toyou
be aware ofGM’s voluntary participation
in a no-charge mediation/arbitration program called AUTO
BBB LINE. This program
is administered bythe Councilof Better Business Bureaus through local Better Business
Bureaus. It canresolveindividualdisputesinvolvingvehiclerepairsandthe
interpretation of your New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
AUTO LINE until after a final decision
is made
We prefer that you not resort to BBB
under the Customer Satisfaction Procedure. However, you may file a claim at any time
by contacting your local Better Business Bureau (BBB) or calling the
following
24 hour
toll-freenumber to obtainthetelephonenumberofyournearest
BBB office:
1-800-955-5100. For further information about filling a claim, you may also write
to:
BBB AUTO LINE
Council of Better Business Bureaus
4200 Wilson Boulevard
Suite 800
Arlington, Virginia22203
In order to file a claim, you will have to provide your name and address, the vehicle
identification number (VIN)of your vehicle, and a statement of the nature of your
If
complaint. BBB staff may try to help resolve your dispute through mediation.
mediation is not successful, iforyou do not wishto participate in mediation, eligible
customers may present theircase to an impartial third party arbitrator atan informal
hearing. The arbitrator will render a decision in your case, which you may accept or
reject. If you accepta valid arbitrator decision, Cadillac be
will
bound by that decision
The entire dispute settlement process should ordinarily take
about
40 days
from the time
you file your complaint
to the time a decision
is rendered (or47 days if you did
not first
contact your dealership or Cadillac).
to the courts. We
We encourage you to usethis program before or instead of resorting
believe itoffers advantages overcourts in most jurisdictions because itis fast, free of
charge, and informal (lawyers are not usually present, although you may retain one at
your expense if you choose). Arbitrators make decisions based on the principles of
fairness and equity. They
arenot required to duplicate the functions
of courts by strictly
applying state or federal law.
If you wish to
go to court however, we
do not require that
you first file a claim with
BBB AUTO LINE ** unless state law provides otherwise.
Whatever your preference may
be, remember that if you
are unhappy with the results of
BBB AUTO LINE, you can still
go to court because an arbitrator’s decision
is binding
on Cadillac but not on you unless you accept it.
5

Eligibility is limited by vehicle age/mileage, on the component involved and other
factors. For further infurmationconcerning.the.program,.callyour local BBB or call
1-800-955-5
100 for the toll-free number of your nearest BBB.
You may also call the
Cadillac Consumer Assistance Center.

*Thisprogram may not be available in all states,
depending on state law. (Canadian
owners should referto the Canadian WarrantyBooWet). General Motors
reserves the
right to change eligibility limitations andlor to discontinue its participation in this
program.

** Some states may require that you firstfile a claim withBBB AUTO LINE before
resorting to state qerated procedures (includingcourt).
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS TO THE UNITED
STATES GOVERNMENT
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause
or could
a crash
cause
injury or death, you should immediatelyinform the National Highway
Traffk Safety
Administration (NHTSA), in addition to notifying General
Motors.
If NHTSAreceives similar complaints,
mayitopen aninvestigation,and if it finds that a
safety defect exists in a group
of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy
campaign,
However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your
dealer, or General Motors.
To contactNHTSA,youmayeither
call theAutoSafetyHotlinetoll-Freeat
1-800-424-9393 (or 366-0123in the Washington, D.C. area)
or write to NHTSA,
U.S.
Department of Transportation, Washington, D.C. 20590. You can also obtain other
information about motor vehicle safety from the Hotline.

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS TO THECANADIAN
GOVERNMENT
If you live in Canada, and you believe that your vehicle
has a safety defect, you should o:
immediately notify Transport Canada, in addition to notifying General Motors of
Canada Ltd. Youmay write to Transport Canada at Box 8880, Ottawa, Ontario &
K1G 3J2.

&
-.:

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSTO GENERAL
MOTORS
In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Transprt Canada) in a situation like this, we
certainly hope you’ll notify us. Please call us at our Consumer Relations Center,
1-800-458-8006,or in Canada call,1-800-263-3777, (English) or 1-800-263-7854
(French), or write: Cadillac Motor Car Division, Consumer Relations CeKter, 2860
Clark Avenue Detroit,MI 48232.
6

!,
,,

. E

~

?i

a

0

SERVICE PUBLICATIONS

-

.-

~-

__

Information on how to obtain Product Service Publications, subscriptions, Indexes
and
summaries as described belowis applicable only in the
fifty U.S. states (and the District
fo Columbia) and only for cars and light trucks with
GVWR less than10,OOO pounds
(4 536 kg).
In Canada, information pertaining to Product Service Bulletins and Indexes can be
obtained by writing to: General Motors
of Canada Limited, Service Publications
Department, 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7.
Cadillac regularly sends its dealers useful service bulletins about Cadillac products.
Cadillac monitors product performance in the field.
We then prepare bulletins for
servicing our products better, Now, you can get these bulletins
too.
Bulletins cover various subjects. Some pertain to the proper use and care of your
vehicle. Some describe costly repairs. Others describe inexpensive repairs which, if
done on time with the latest parts, may avoid future costly repairs. Some bulletins
a
tell
technician howto repair a new or unexpected condition. Others
describe a quicker
way
to fix your vehicle. They can help a technician service your vehicle better.
Most bulletins applyto conditions affecting a small number
of vehicles Your Cadillac
dealership or a qualified technician may have
to determine if a specific bulletin applies
to your vehicle.
This way you’ll get them
as they come out.
You can subscribe to all Cadillac bulletins.
You can wait a while and get an index to the bulletins. You can also get individual
bulletins. However, you’ll need the index to identify them.

Subscriptions
You can subscribe allcadillac
to
Product Service Publications (PSPs). This will include
bulletins for all cars sold
by Cadillac and will not
be limited to PSPs applicableto any
particular model. When you buy a subscription, you will receive the PSPs in periodic
mailings shortly after they come out.
A subscription costs $100.00 U.S. ($110.00
including a special binder) and
it entitles you to all PSPs publishedby Cadillac during
that model year. You can purchases
a subscriptionby sendinga check
or money orderto
Cadillac Service Publications, Post Office07130,
Box Detroit, Michigan48027, along
with the order form located on page
15. Your may get additions subscription ordering
forms by calling the toll-free number shown inthis section or your can find them
at
participating dealerships.

Individual PSPs

If you don’t want
to buy all the PSPs issued by Cadillac for all models in the model ye
you can buy individual PSPs as
such
those which maypertain to a particular model.
To
do this,you will first need
to see our indexof PSPs.It provides a variety
of information.
Here’s what you’ll find in the index andhow you canget one.

7

What You’ll find in the Index:

+
+
+

A list of all PSPs published by Cadillac in a model year (1990 or later). PSPs
covering all models of Cadillac cars are listed
in the same index.
Ordering informationso you can buy the specificPSPs you may want.

- i

Price information forPSPs you may want to buy.

How You Can Get an Index:
-,
Indexes are published periodically. Most
of the PSPs which could potentially apply to
the most recent Cadillac models will by listed in the last quarterly publication for that
model year. This means you may want
to wait until the end
of the model year before
ordering an index, if you are interested inPSPs
buying
pertaining to a current model year
vehicle.
Some PSPs pertaining to a particular model year vehicle may be published on later
years, and these would
be listed in the later year’s index. you
When
order an index for
a
model year that is not over yet, we’ll send you the most recently published quarterly
issue. You can specify an index for an earlier model year, but not before 1990.
Cut out the order form, fill it out, and We
mailwill
it.see to it that an index
is mailed to
you. There is no charge for indexes for the 1990-1993 model years.

Toll-Free Telephone Number
If you want an additional ordering form for an index or a subscription,
just call toll-free
and we’ll be happy to send you one. Automated recording equipment will take your
name and mailing address. The number to call is1-800-5514123.

4

31
n
’

Copies at Participating Dealers

I

.

c3

Copies of Indexes and individual
PSPs are at your Cadillac dealership.
You can ask to
I:‘
see them.
U
A VERY IMPORTANT REMINDER:
These PSPs are meant for technicians. They
are
not meant for the ‘do-it-yourselfer’. Technicians have the equipment, tools, safety
instructions, and trainingto do a job quickly and safely.
Cadillac reserves the right to change these procedures without notice after November,
1991.

Cadillac Owner’s Manuals and Service Publications
You can get these by using the orderform. Additionally, past model Owner’s Manuals -*
and Service Information Manuals are available for a minimum
of ten model years and
U
frequently much longer. Credit card orders may
be placed using the toll-free number
1-800-7824356. High quality copies of out of print older model manuals ar available,
-.
also. You may receive a free listing of either by using the order form.
8

SERVICE MANUALS
(Available after June, 1993)
r

FORM NO.

YEAR
1993

PRICE
EACH

DESCRIPTION
Fleetwood

Service

Manua!

H-3012

$55.00

1992/
1993

H-2914

DeVille/Sixty Special Service Manual

55.00

1993

H-3016

Eldorado/Seville Service Manual

55.00

1993

H-3008

Allante Service Manual

55.00

1993

H-3046

Quick Reference Specifications Guide.
(All Models)
Order Form for Past Model Service
Manuals

and CPCH-093
Prior

7.00
FREE

OWNER’S LITERATURE

I

MODEL
YEAR
1993

1
I

1

1993

r

No’
H-3024

1

1

DESCRIPTION

I DeVille
Owner
Information

I

I

H-3025

I

Sixty Special Owner Information

15.00

H-3026

1993
Seville Owner Information

15.00

H-3028

1993
Eldorado Owner Information

15.00

1993

H-3022

Fleetwood Owner Information

1993

H-3020

Allante Owner Information

I

PRICE
EACH
$15.00

15.00

25.00
~~

5.

1

1993
1993

1

3532657
3532627

1

Maintenance Coupon Booklet
Warranty Booklet
(All Models except Allante)

I

4.00

~~

1993

3532628

and
CPCH-093
Prior

Allante Assurance Plan (Warranty)
Order Form for Past Model Owner’s
Literature

I

2.00
~

2.00
FREE

NOTE: Owner Literature Portfolios, Vehicle and Owner Information labels
and Gold Keys are available by contacting your Cadillac dealership.

~

1

PRODUCT SERVICE PUBLICATIONS INDEXES
AODEL FORM NO.
YEAR
1990

H-2755

1991

H-2855

1992

H-2955

PRICE
EACH
FREE

DESCRIPTION

Index(Includesapplicable
bulletin summaries)Toreview
all productservice
FREE
publications (PSPs) for a specific model
FREE
year vehicle, it is necessary to order the index forthat model year and all subsequent
model

FREE1993'
indexes.H-3055
year
1990

H-27528

Bound PSP Edition - includes
index plus complete PSP's

1991

H-28528

Bound PSP Edition - includes
index plus comDlete PSP's

1992

H-2952B

Bound PSP Edition - includes
index plus complete PSP's

1993

H-3052B

Bound PSP Edition - includes
index plus comolete PSP's

20.00

I
1
1

20.00

20.00
20.00

INDIVIDUAL PRODUCT SERVICE PUBLICATIONS
(Refer to PSP Index for Form Number)

I

DESCRIPTION
FORM NO.
YEAR
EACH
1990 See details First Individual PSPPer Order
on
Each
Additional
PSP In Same
Order
1993
PSP
Index
thru

I

I

PRICE

I

2.00

r

ANNUAL PRODUCT SERVICE PUBLICATION SUBSCRIPTION
PRICE
DESCRIPTION
FORM NO.
EACH
Subscription to all Product Service
Publications
released
Cadillac
by $1
00.00
H-3058
1993
throughout the Model Year (September
1 through August 31). PSP's mailed
quarterly.
H-2134
1993
I

3-Ring Binder for Product Service
Publications. Includes set of Index
Tabs.

10.00

1

I

W

I

!

Y

NOTE: Please fill in order form and MAIL TO:

I

?

Cadillac Service Publicati'ons
Post Office Box 07130,Detroit, Michigan 48207
-.

r-;
*%.

$

ORDER TOLL FREE: 1-800-782-4356

Y!

(NOTE: For Credit
Card
Holder
Orders
Only)
Monday-Friday 8:30 A.M. -6:OO P.M. EST

F,

*Minimum Credit Card Order $10.00
Iffurther information is needed, write to the address shown above
call (313)
or 683-1430. Material
cannot be returned for credit without receiving advance authorization within
14 days of delivery.
On returns, a re-stocking fee may be applied against the original order.

F

PUBLICATION FORM NUMBER'

'

i

F
I
'

P

ZPfices are subject to change without notice and without incurring obligation.
Orders for Individual Product Service Publications cannot filled
be without the
appropriate bulletin numbers.These numbers maybe found in the PSP Index. Your
first Product Service Publicatton mts $4.00; each additional PSP COSB $2.00.
Orderswillbe mailed within 10 days of receipt. Please allow adequate time for
postal service.

TOTAL MATERIAL

$3.50

to whose attention the shipment should be sent. For purchases outside U S A . please write to the above
address for quotation.

NAME)

(CUSTOMER
P.O.
ADDRESS-NO
(STREET

NO.)

BOX
(APT.NUMBERS)

. .

.5.

I

.I

?
i

........
.-*.%A

SUBJECT
p
. 8 -.&$INDEX
','.&
>
'9.-

a3m:&

.A<

.

Fluid
I

i

!

Coolant
n
p

a

> e.

,.

:

.

L-

I

1

.

' r ,

..

.1.

:I

.

..

I

I

! ..

' ...
..-

..
1

. . .
' ..

"

'

I

. r?

.
......
7

s
i

.
.
;
.
'

m-h

c-

d

..

ACC (Ignition Key Position) ...........................
79
Adding
.....................................
Brake
143. 312
Electrical Equipment ..........................
..............................
Engine
Engine Oil ......................................
260
Power
Steering
Fluid
.............................
273
Transmission Huid ...............................
268
Additives. Engine Oil ...............................
263
Adjustment.Brake .................................
178
19
Adult Safety Belt Usage ..............................
Air Bags ...........................................
27
Air Cleaner .......................................
265
Air Cleaner & PCV Filter Replace .... See Maint.Book. p.22
Air Conditioner ....................................
139
AirOutlets ........................................
138
Air System ........................................
139
Alarrn. How To Turn Off Theft ........................
76
Alcohol. Driving Under The Influence Of .............. 167
Alcohol in Gasoline .................................
253
A M A X @ ..........................................
144
AM Radio Reception ...............................
144
AM Stereo Radio Reception .........................
144
155
Antenna. Cleaning Radio ............................
Antifreeze ........................................
269
173
Antilock Brakes ....................................
Antilock Brake System Warning -Light ................. 126
Anti-TheftTips ......................................
75
Appearance .......................................
301
Appearance Care. Service and ........................
251
Wearing A Safety Belt UnderYour ................ 25
122
Armrest.Storage ...................................
Ashtrays ....................................
....... 119
121
AssistHandles .....................................
Astroroof .........................................
118
Audio Systems. Comfort Controls and ................. 138
Automatic Air Conditioning System ................... 139
Automatic Door Lock ................................
67
85
AutomaticOverdrive .................................
Y

Arm.

,

1

I

Automatic Transmission ..............................
Automatic Transmission Fluid ........................
Axle. Rear ........................................

83
266
269

Baby Restraint ......................................
43
Battery ...........................................
277
Battery Cables. Starting With .........................
218
Beam. Headlight. High-Low Switch ................... 100
Belt
Lap .............................................
36
20
Lap-Shoulder ....................................
37. 38
Rear Seat .....................................
206
Blizzard. If You’re Caught In A .......................
82
Block Heater. Engine ................................
167
Blood Alcohol L&el .... ...........................
Boat. Towing A ........ ...........................
208
Brake
178
Adjustment ......... ...........................
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...........................
276
Lining. Redacement. H.CIW To Drive After ............ 277
Mast& Glinder .................................. 275
87
Parking .........................................
178
PedalTravel ....................................
Brake System. Antilock. Warning Light ................ 126
Brake System Warning Light .........................
125
132
Brake To Shift Light ................................
Brake Wear Indicators. Front ........................ 177
Brakes.Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
178
Brakes. Rear ......................................
Brakes.Trailer .....................................212
171
Braking ...........................................
Braking in Emergencies .............................
179
Braking If Your Engine Stops ........................
173
“Break.111”.New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Break-In Schedule. When Towing A Trailer ............. 209
320
Bulb Chart ........................................
Bulb. Center High Mounted Stop Lamp ................ 287
279
Bulb. Cornering Lamp Removal ......................
Bulbs. Halogen Removal ............................
280
Bulbs. Taillight Replacement ......................... 282
320
Bulbs.TurnSignal ..................................

r

n

l

3 I

.

4
1

e

1

..

I

n

Cables. B
208
Camper. Towing A..................................
Capacities.Fluid ...................................
324
C&JackI&tructions ...............................
237
Carbon MonoxideIn Exhaust ......................
93. 207
Cassette Tape Player. Care Of Your ................... 155
CassetteTapeSystems ..............................
150
Cautions. Safety ......................................
1
CB Radio. Adding A.............................
143. 312
Cellular lklephone. AddingA .....................
143. 312
Center High Mounted Stop Lamp Bulb Replacement.... 287
Central Door Unlocking Feature.......................
67
Chains.Tire .......................................
300
131
Change Oil Light...................................
Change The Oil. When To ...........................
263
237
Changing A Flat Tire ...............................
ChargeLight ......................................
130
Chassis Lubrication ................. See Maint. Book. p.15
checking
Service Station ................... See Maint. Book, p.8
The Brake Fluid .................................
276
The Engine Oil Level ............................
259
The Power Steering Fluid .........................
273
The Transmission Fluid ...........................
266
Things Under The Hood ...........................
257
Your Restraint Systems ............................
61
Your Safety Belt Systems...........................
61
Che&al Paint Spotting .............................
309
Child Restraint. Securing .............................
48
Child Restraints .....................................
43
Cigarette Lighter ...................................
120
CircuitBreakers ...................................
313
CityDriving .......................................
193
Cleaner. Air .......................................
265
Cleaning
Fabric .......................................
303. 304
Glass ..........................................
306
Leather And Vinyl ...............................
305
Photocells ......................................
116
SafetyBelts .....................................
306
The Inside Of Your Cadillac .......................
302
The Outside Of Your Cadillac .....................
307
The Power Antenna ..............................
155
The Top of the Instrument Panel ................... 305
The Underbody Of Your Car ......................
309

The Windshield .................................
306
308
Weatherstrips ...................................
308
White SidewallTires .............................
WoodPanels ....................................
305
154
Clock. Setting The ..................................
139
Climate Control. Electronic ..........................
Closed-In Places. Don’t Idle In ........................ 94
93. 207
CO In Your Exhaust ..............................
Comfort Controls and Audio Systems .................. 138
152
Compact Disc Music System .........................
Compact Disc Player. Care Of Your ................... 155
248
Compact Spare Tire ................................
Contents. Table Of ...... See “Front of Owner Info. Manual”
170
Control Of A Vehicle ...............................
184
Control. Loss Of ...................................
63
Controls. Features And ...............................
117
Convex Outside Mirror ..............................
Coolant. Engine: Proper Solution To Use ............ 231. 269
Coolant. Engine.WarningLight ......................
128
227
Coolant. Safety Warnings About ......................
CoolingSystem .................................... 229
Cooling System Service.............. See Maint. Book. p.20
Corrosion Protection ........................
See Warranty
Cruise Control ..................................... 103
Cruise Control. Change Speed With ................... 106
Cruise Control. Get Out Of ..........................
107
107
Cruise Control On Hills .............................
Cruise Control. Turning Off ..........................
108
Cruise Engaged Light ...............................
133
179
Curves.Driving On .................................

n

i

13 1
n
L

r

.
1

.

1

D

Damage To Finish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Damage To Sheet Metal .............................
Damage Warnings ....................................
Daytime Running Lights (Canada Only) ...............
Dead Battery. What To Do If You Have A ..............
DefensiveDriving ..................................
Defogger. Rear Window .............................
Defogging .........................................
Defroster .........................................
Delco Cassette and Compact Disc Music System ........
Delco System ......................................
DEXRONIIEa ...................................
Dimensions.Vehicle ................................
Disabled. How To Have Your Cadillac Towed If It Is . . . . .

308
308
2
111
218
166
142
142
141
152
142
268
324
223

r

- 1

.

.
.

.
-.

.

.

.
.

.

Disposal. Used Oil .................................
264
Door Ajar Light ....................................
131
Door Locks ........................................
65
201
Downhill Parking ...................................
Down Hills and Mountains. Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Downshifting ....................................... 86
Driving
185
AtNight .......................................
Defensive ......................................
166
Drunken .......................................
167
198
Hill and Mountain ...............................
In A Foreign Country ............................
254
193
In Cities ........................................
In Fog. Mist And Haze ........................... 191
204
On Snow Or Ice .................................
In The Rain .....................................
188
In Winter .......................................
203
196
On A Long Trip .................................
194
On The Freeway .................................
On The Road ...................................
197
179
On Curves ......................................
82
Through Deep Standing Water ......................
167
Drunken Driving ...................................

E
Electric Outside Mirror Control ......................

116
Electrical Equipment. Adding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143. 312
139
Electronic Climate Control ..........................
Electronic Level Control ............................
135
141
Electronic SolarSensor .............................
Emergencies. Braking in .............................
179
Emergencies. Steering In, ............................ 180
Emergency Starting. Discharged Battery ............... 218
Emergency Towing .................................
223
Engine
82
Block Heater ....................................
269
Coolant ........................................
Coolant Temperature Warning Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Exhaust .........................................
93
Oil ............................................
258
263
Oil Additives ....................................
Oil Pressure Light ...............................
129
263
Oil, When To Change ............................
227
Overheating ....................................
Starting Your ....................................
80
Warning Light About Need For Service ............. 134

5

En&sh/Metric Button ..............................
123
Ethanol In Gasoline ................................
253
Exhaust. Caution ....................................
93
Exhaust. Dangerous Gas In ........................
93. 207
Exhaust. Engine .....................................
93
Expectant Mothers. Use Of Safety Belts By .............. 34
Explanation of Main Service ......... See Maint . Rook, p.18
Express Down Window (Driver’s Side) ................... 96
EjrpresswayDriving .................................
194
Extender. Safety Belt ................................
61
Exterior Appearance ................................
301
Explanation of Maintenance Service ... See Maint Book, p.18

.

.

F
Fabric. Foam-me Cleaner On .......................
303
Fabric. Solvent-’e
Cleaner On ......................
304
Fan Speeds ........................................
140
Fasteners. Replacement .............................
252
Features And Controls ...............................
63
Fetus. Risk To From Safety BeltUse .................. 34
Filling Your Fuel Thnk ..............................
255
Filter. Oil .........................................
321
Finish Care ........................................
307
Finish Damage .....................................
308
First Gear. WhenTo Use .............................
86
...........................
217
Flashers. Hazard Warning
237
Flat Tire ..........................................
237
Flat Tire. Changing A ...............................
Flooded Engine. Starting A ...........................
81
122
Floor Mats ........................................
Fluids-& Lubricants.Recommended ... See Maint.Book. p.38
324€i%&&Capac&ies....................................
...... -.
................ =._
........................ 276
Fluid. Pbwer Steering ................. ..-. ......... .- ...ZT?& ;Fluid. Tkansmission .................................
2&: FM Stereo Radio Reception .........................
143
Foam-me Cleaner On Fabric ........................
303
Fog. Driving In .....................................
191
Fog: Getting It Off the Windshield ....................
141
.,... 254
Foreign Operation ..............................
See “Introduction”
Francais. Guide En ....................
277
Freedom Battery. Delco .............................
Freeing Car From Sand. Mud. Ice or Snow ........... .. 249
194
FreewayDriving ...................................
French Language Manual ............... See “Introduction”

..

-

)

-

Front Brakes: Brake Wear Indicators

..................

177

.
r

.
.

.

.
.

Front Seatbacks. Reclining. Power ......................
Front Towing Hook-Ups .............................
Fuel ..............................................
Fuel Door. Locking .................................
FuelGage .........................................
Fuel Tank. Filling Your ..............................
........
Fuse Replacement ......................
Fuses And Circuit Breakers ..........................

G
Garage Door Opener (Option) .......................
Gear Positions ......................................
Gearshift Lever. Positions Of ..........................
Gasoline ..........................................
Gasoline Tank. Filling Your ..........................
Glass Cleaning .....................................
GloveBox ..........................................
Graphic Symbols .....................................
Guard Against Theft .................................
Guide En Francais .....................

H

.
7

.
.

.

.

9
225
252
136
255
255
313
313

121
83
83
252
255
306
68
3
75
See “Introduction”

Halogen Bulbs .....................................
278
280
Halogen Headlight Bulb Removal .....................
217
Hazard Warning Flashers ............................
191
Haze. Driving In ...................................
100
Headlight High-LowBeam ..........................
Headlight On Warning ..............................
109
10
Head Restraints .....................................
139
Heater ............................................
Heater, Engine Block ................................
82
High-Low Headlight Beam ..........................
100
187
HighBeams .......................................
High Speed, Shifting When Your Engine Is Running At . . . 85
Highway Hypnosis ..................................
197
198
Hill and Mountain Roads ............................
200
Hills, Parking On ...................................
Holding A Baby In Your Car ..........................
45
Hood, Don’t Open If You See Steam .................. 227
257
Hood Release .....................................
Horn ..............................................
97
128
Hot Coolant, Warning Light For ......................
Hot Engine, Safety Warnings About ................... 227
30
How The Air Bag System Works .......................
How To Obtain Roadside Service ...... See Roadside Service
How To Operate Your Sound System .................. 145

7

How To Use This Manual .............................. 1
19
How To Wear Safety BeltsProperly. ....................
Hydroplaning ......................................
189

I

Ice, If You’re Stuck In ...............................
249
Identification Label, Service Parts ..................... 312
Identification Number, Vehicle (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
IdlingYourEngine ..................................
94
If A Tire Goes Flat .................................
237
79
Ignition Key Positions ................................
Illuminated Entry System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
320
Indicator, Bulbs For Turn Signal ......................
Indicators, Front Brake Wear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Indicators, Warning, On Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Infant Restraint .....................................
46
Inflation, Proper Tire ............................... 293
Information System On Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Inspection,Tire .................................... 295
Instrument Panel ................................... 123
125
Instrument PanelWarningLights .....................
Interior Cleaning ...................................
302
Introduction . . . . . . See “Front of Owner Information Manual”

13 I

J

Jacking And Removing Flat Tire ......................
Jump Starting ......................................

241
218
T

K

Keyless Entry, Remote ...............................
Keys ..............................................
Keys, Ignition .......................................
Kilometer Indicator ................................

l

70
63
79
123

L
Lamp Housings - Exterior ...........................
287
LampMonitors ....................................
113
Lane Change And Turn Signal Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
36
Lap Belt ...........................................

Lap-Shoulder Belt ...................................
20
Larger Children and Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Leaking, Of Exhaust Into Your Car .................. 93,207
305
Leather, Cleaning ..................................
Light,AirBag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Light, Brake To Shift ................................ 132

- I

I.

I

Light, Change Oil ..................................
131
130
Light, Charge ......................................
Light, Coolant Temp ................................
128
133
Light,Cruise Engaged ..............................
Light, Door Ajar ...................................
131
130
Light, Low Engine Oil Level .........................
135
Light, Pass Key Fault ................................
Light, Safety Belt Reminder .........................
12,19
Light, Service Engine Soon ..........................
134
Light, Trunk Ajar ...................................
132
Light, Turn Signal Indicator ...........................
108
1.11
Light, Underhood ..................................
Light, Washer Fluid Low ............................
102
Lighter, Cigarette ..................................
120
108
Lights ............................................
99
Lights, Operatian Of .................................
112
Lights, Reading .....................................
127
Lights, Traction Control System ........................
Lights,Traffic ......................................
164
Lights, Warning, On Instrument Panel ................. 125
Limited-Slip Rear Axle ...............................
87
290
Loading Your Vehicle ...............................
Locking Fuel Filler Door ............................
255
Log, Operating Record .............. See Maint. Book, p.44
Long Distance Driving ..............................
196
Loss Of Control ....................................
184
Low Battery, What To Do About A ....................
218
Low Coolant Warning Light ..........................
133
Low Oil Pressure, Warning Light For .................. 130
Low Windshield Washer Fluid, Warning Light For ....... 102
Lubricants, Recommended ........... See Maint. Book, p.38
Lumbar/Heater Seat ControIs .........................
11

M

Manual, How To Use .................................
1
Maintenance
A Word About ................... See Maint. Book, p.2
See Maint. Book, All
Coupons .........................
I3qlanation of Services .... See Maint. Book, p.18,20,22,24
Oil Change ......................
See Maint. Book, p.2
h e r Checks ............. See M a t . b o k , p.26,28,30
Operating Record Log .......... See Maint. Book, p.44-80
Recommended Fluids ....... See Maht. Book, p.38,40,42
Schedules ............... See Maint. Book, p.10,12,14,16
Service Ctr. hspec. & Serv. .. See Maint. Book, p.32,34,36
Service Station Owner Checks ...... See Maint. Book, p.8

9

I

.

.

M[aintenance Record ................ See Maint. Book. p.44

M[arkings.Pavement ................................
165
M[aster Cylinder. Brake ..............................
275
M[ethanol
In Gasoline ...............................
253
M ..llleage Indicator ..................................
124
M.irror. Inside Daymight ............................
114
Mirrors. Automatic .................................
114
M:irrors. Front Seat Vanity ...........................
117
M.irrors. Outside ...................................
116
Mirrors. Rear Seat Vanity ............................
117
Mist. Driving In ....................................
191
Myobile Telephone. AddingA ......................
143. 312
M.onitors. Lamp ....................................
113
M:ountain Driving ..................................
198
253
M:TBEIn Gasoline .................................
M:ud. If You’re Stuck In .............................
249

u

N
“N” (Neutral) Gear Position ..........................
New Vehicle “Break-In” ..............................
Night. Driving At ...................................
Night Vision .......................................
Notices About Damage ................................

85
78
185
186
2

0
Occupant Restraint ..................................
19
Octane Required For Your Car .......................
252
Odometer .........................................
124
Odometer And Speedometer .........................
124
Odometer. Trip ....................................
124
Off (Ignition Key Position) ............................
79
Off Road Recovery .................................
181
OilAdditives. Engine ...............................
263
Oil. Engine ........................................
258
Oil. What Kind of Oil to Use .........................
261
Oil. When To Change Your Engine ....................
263
Oil Life Indicator ...................................
136
OilQuality ........................................
261
OilThickness(Viscosity) ............................
262
Operating Record ....... .......... See Maint. Book. p.44
254
Operation In Foreign Coun.t.ries ......................
Outside Air ............ ..........................
138
Outside Temp ........... ..........................
139
Outside Mirrors .......... ..........................
116
-

I

.
y _ I

.
7
- 1

3
n

10

.

.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.

.

.

.

85
Overdrive. Automatic ................................
227
Overheated. Engine ................................
Owner Check & Services ............ See Maint. Book. p.26

P

“P’, (Park) Position ..................................
83
PaintSpotting. Chemical ............................
309
89
Park. Shifting Into ...................................
87
ParkingBrake ......................................
Parking.Downhill ..................................
201
200
Parking On Hills ...................................
92
Parking Over Things That Burn ........................
Parking with a Trailer ...............................
214
201
Parking. Uphill .....................................
77
PASS-KeyI1 TM ......................................
135
Pass Key Fault Light ................................
Passing Another Vehicle .............................
182
165
Pavement Markings .................................
178
Pedal Travel. Brake .................................
171
Perception Time. In Braking .........................
Polishing and Waxing ...............................
307
Possible Damage to Your Car. Notices About ............. 2
Possible Injury To People. Cautions About ................ 1
Powerseat ..........................................
7
Power
155
Antenna. Cleaning The ...........................
67
Door Locks ......................................
Reclining Front Seatbacks ...........................
9
Seat Controls .....................................
6
Steering .........................................
95
272
Steering Fluid ...................................
96
Windows ........................................
Pregnancy. Use Of Safety BeltsDuring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
216
Problems on the Road ...............................
Product Service Publications .......... See Owner Assistance
Proper Safety Belt Usage.For Adults ................... 19
69
Pull Down System. Trunk.............................

R
“R” (Reverse) Gear Position ..........................
84
Racing. Shifting When Your Engine Is .................. 85
Radiator Pressure Cap ...........................
234. 272
227
Radiator Overheating ...............................
Radio. Two.Way. Adding A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143.312
142
Radio ............................................
Rain. Driving In ....................................
188

Rainy Weather Tips, Some Other .....................
190
Reaction Time, In Braking ...........................
171
112
Reading Lights .....................................
Rear Axle ..........................................
87
178
Rear Brakes .......................................
97
Rear Door Security Lock .............................
226
Rear Towing Hook-Ups .............................
Rear WindowDefogger .............................
142
97
Rear Window Lockout ...............................
9
Reclining Front Seatbacks, Power .......................
Recommended Fluids & Lubricants ... See Maint. Book, p.38
181
Recovery,OffRoad .................................
Recreational Vehicle, Towing A .......................
208
70
Remote Keyless Entry System .........................
69
Remote Trunk Release ...............................
Reporting Safety Defects
to Canadian Government .......... See Owner Assistance
to General Motors ................ See Owner Assistance
to U.S. Government ............... See Owner Assistance
Replacement Fasteners ..............................
252
277
Replacing Brake System Parts ........................
61
ReplacingSafetyBelts ...............................
Replacing Tires ....................................
296
Replacing Wheels ...................................299
Restarting Your Car When It’s Moving ................. 80
Restraint, Infant ....................................
43
Restraint, Occupant .................................
19
Restraint Systems, Checking Your ......................
61
Restraints, Child ....................................
43
10
Restraints, Head ....................................
Restraints, Larger Children ...........................
57
84
Reverse Gear Position ...............................
“Riding” The Brakes ................................
172
157
Road, Your Driving and the ..........................
Road Signs ........................................
157
198
Roads, Hill and Mountain ...........................
Rocking Your Car Out Of Snow, Ice, Sand Or Mud ...... 250
Rotation, Tire .....................................
295
Rotate, If You’re Stuck And Your Rear Wheels Can’t . . . . . 87
79
Run (Ignition Key Position) ...........................
94
Running Your Engine While Parked ....................

S
Safety Belt Extender ................................. 61
12,19
Safety Belt Reminder Light .........................
Safety Belt Replacement, Need For ....................
61

12

U

-

1

-

r

.
.

.
.

.

.

.

.

Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy .....................
34
19
Safety Belt Usage By Adults ...........................
Safety Belt Usage By Children .........................
43
SafetyBelts ........................................
12
Safety Belts. Center Front. Adult Passenger .............. 35
Safety Belts. Center Rear Passenger’s Position ........... 37
Safety Belts. Cleaning ...............................
306
19
Safety Belts. How To Wear Properly ....................
Safety Belts. Torn ....................................
62
Safety Belts. Rear Seat ............................. 37. 38
Safety Belts. Replacing After A Crash .................. 61
Safety Belts. Right Front. Adult Passenger ............... 35
Safety Belts: They’re For Everyone ..................... 12
26
Safety Belts. Twisted .................................
Safety Belts. WhyTo Wear ............................
14
Safety Cautions ......................................
1
Safety Defects
Reporting to Canadian Gov’t . . . . . . .See Owner Assistance
Reporting to General Motors ....... See Owner Assistance
Reporting to U.S.Gov’t ............ See Owner Assistance
SafetyWarnings ......................................
1
Sand. If You’re Stuck In .............................
249
Schedule I Maint. Serv. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . See Maint . Book. p.14
Schedule I1 Maint . Serv. . . . . . . . . . . . . . See Maint . Book. p.16
Schedule Maint. Serv., Explanation of . See Maint . Book. p.18
9
Seatback Recliner ....................................
SeatBelt ...........................................
12
8
Seat. Memory ........................................
Seat. Power ..........................................
7
Seats ...............................................
6
SeatControls ........................................ 6
86
Second Gear. When To Use ...........................
Securing A Child Restraint. Center Rear Seat ............ 51
Securing A Child Restraint. Rear Outside ............... 48
Securing A Child Restraint. Right Front Seat ............ 53
74
Security Lock. Rear Door .............................
Selecting the Right Schedule ......... See Maint . Book. p.12
Service and Appearance Care ........................
251
Service Center Inspec. & Serv......... See Maint . Book. p.32
Service Engine Soon Light ...........................
134
Service Publication .................. See Owner Assistance
Service Parts Identification Label ..................... 312
Service Station Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . See Maint. Book. p.8
Servicing Your Cadillac With Air Bag System ............ 33
Setting The Clock ..................................
154
124
Setting The Trip Odometer ..........................
308
Sheet Metal Damage ................................

13

Shift Lever, Positions O f . .............................
83
Shifting Into Park ...................................
89
Shifting Out of Park .................................
91
SignalingTurns .....................................
98
Signs, Road .......................................
157
Skidding ..........................................
184
Slippery Surfaces, Driving On ........................
205
Smaller Children, Use Of Lap-Shoulder Belt ............. 44
Snow, If You’re Stuck In Deep ........................
208
Snow Or Ice, Driving On ............................
204
Snowstorm, If You’re Caught In A Bad ................ 206
Solvent-Type Cleaner On Fabric ......................
304
Sound Equipment, Adding ........................
143,312
Sound System ......................................
142
Sound System, How to Operate Your .................. 145
Spare Tire .........................................
248
Specifications ......................................
321
Speedometer And Odometer .........................
124
Stains, Removing ...................................
302
Start (Ignition Key Position) ..........................
79
Starting Your Engine ................................
80
Starting Your Car If The Battery Is “Dead” ............. 218
Steam From Hot (Overheated) Engine ................. 227
Steep Hill, Parking On A ............................
200
Steering ..........................................
179
Steering, Power ..................................... 95
Steering In Emergencies .............................
180
Steering Tips ......................................
179
Steering Wheel,Tilt .................................
95
Steering Without Power Assist ........................
179
Stereo Sound Systems ...............................
142
StorageArmrest ...................................
122
Storing Your Vehicle ................................
278
Stuck, If Your Ignition Key Is ..........................
80
Stuck, If Car Is .In Sand, Mud, Ice Or Snow ............ 249
Subscribing to Cadillac Product Sew. ... See Owner Assistance
Sunglasses, Wearing At Night ........................
186
Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System ............... 27
Symbols Used On Your Vehicle .........................
3

T

Table Of Contents ....... See “Front of Owner Info. Manual”
TaillightBulb Replacement ..........................
282
Tamper-Resistance Of Odometer .....................
124
Tape Player Care ...................................
155
Temperature, Engine, Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

14

P

-f

I

-

.

I

U

- 1
n

.

.
.
.
c

.

.
.

r

.

Theft ..............................................
75
Theft Deterrent System (Option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
272
Thermostat ........................................
86
Third Gear. When To Use ............................
95
Tilt Steering Wheel ..................................
Time. Setting The ..................................
154
300
Tire Chains ........................................
Tire. Flat .......................................... 237
293
Tire Inflation ......................................
295
Tire Inspection and Rotation .........................
291
Tires ..Loading ....................................
297
Tire Quality Grading ................................
292
Tires .............................................
Tires. When It’s Time For New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Tires. White Sidewall. Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Tone Control. Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
62
Torn Safety Belts ....................................
202
Torque Lock .......................................
Towing A Trailer ................................... 208
223
TowingYour Cadillac ...............................
68. 177
Traction Control Disable Switch ....................
Traction Control System Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
176
Traction Control System .............................
Trademarks. GM ................................... 251
TrafficLights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
TrafficOfficer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
208
Trailer Towing .....................................
Trailer Towing Package ..............................
118
Transmission. Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
TransmissionFluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
83
Transmission Gear Positions ..........................
Transmission Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . See Maint. Book. p.22
Travel. Brake Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Trip Odometer .....................................
124
132
Trunk Ajar Light ...................................
TrunkRelease. Remote ..............................
69
Turn Signal and Lane Change Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Turn Signalmeadlight Beam Lever ....................
100
Twilight Sentinel ...................................
110
Twisted Safety Belts ..................................
26
Two Children Wearing The Same Safety Belt ............. 59

U
............................

Underbody Maintenance
Underhood Light ...................................
Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unleaded Gasoline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

15

309
111
297
252

UphillParking .....................................
Upholstery Care ...................................
Urban Driving .....................................
Used Oil. How To Dispose Of ........................

201
302
193
264

-

.

V

Vanity Mirrors. Front Seat ...........................
Vanity Mirrors. Rear Seat ............................
Vehicle Damage Warnings .............................
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) ..................
Vehicle Storage ....................................
VehicleSymbols ......................................
Vents .............................................
Vinyl. Cleaning ....................................
Warning
Light. Antilock Brake System ......................
Light. Brake System ..............................
Light. Engine Coolant Temperature ................
Light.Low Coolant ..............................
Light. Oil Pressure ...............................
Lights. On Instrument Panel .......................
Lights: What To Do If One Goes On ................
Warnings.Safety .....................................
Warnings. Vehicle Damage .............................
Washer. Windshield .................................
Water. Don't Use ..For Windshield Washer ............
WearIndicators. Front Brake ........................
Weatherstrips.Cleaning .............................
Wet Road Driving ..................................
Wheel Alignment And Tire Balance ...................
Wheel Nut Torque ..................................
Wheel Replacement ................................
White Sidewall Tires. Cleaning .......................
Why Safety Belts Work ...............................
Why Wear Safety Belts? ..............................
Windows.Power ....................................
Windshield
Washer .........................................
Washer Fluid ....................................
Wipers .........................................
Winter Driving .....................................
Wiper Blade Replacement ...........................
Working On Your Car ...............................
WornTires ........................................
Wrecker Towing ....................................

16

116
117
2
311
278
3
138
305

1

I

126
125
128
133
129
125
125
1
2
101
102
177
308
188
298
245
299
308
14
14
96
101
274
100
203
288
251
296
223

4dI
n
.
.

".

U I

- 1

c
.
I/

U

I

n

Q
I
0



Source Exif Data:
File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.3
Linearized                      : No
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 5.5-c012 1.149602, 2012/10/10-18:10:24
Format                          : application/pdf
Subject                         : Owner's Manual
Description                     : Owner's Manual
Modified                        : 2014:10:26 07:06:05.161-04:00
Creator                         : Creative Document Solutions, LLC.
Title                           : Owner's Manual
Size                            : 19274010
Author                          : Creative Document Solutions, LLC.
Extracted                       : 2014:10:17 11:06:16.944-05:00
Sha 1                           : 5c6dc2bd340703a02d2b9ce8c0ee7a493ecb30f8
Modify Date                     : 2002:02:25 11:23:10-06:00
Metadata Date                   : 2002:02:25 11:23:10-06:00
Create Date                     : 2002:02:18 22:18:40-06:00
Creator Tool                    : Acrobat Capture 3.0
Producer                        : Adobe PDF Library 4.0
Style                           : Searchable Image (Exact)
Tags                            : OwnerCenter:GMNA/asset_type/owner_manual, OwnerCenter:GMNA/1993/cadillac/fleetwood
Page Layout                     : SinglePage
Page Mode                       : UseOutlines
Page Count                      : 386
EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

Navigation menu